AITS 2020 Part Tests

FIITJEE
ALL INDIA TEST SERIES

PART TEST – I
JEE (Advanced)-2020
PAPER – 1
TEST DATE: 10-11-2019
ANSWERS, HINTS & SOLUTIONS

Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A
Sol. mg(r  Rsin ) = MgR sin 

mr = (M + m)R sin
mr 1
sin   
(M  m)R 2
  = 30
2. B
Sol. (N1 + N2) cos 30 = mg cos  N2

N1 30
2 30
N1 + N2 = mgcos  …(i)
3
(N2  N1) cos 60 = mg sin  60
60
60
N2  N1 = 2 mg sin  …(ii) N1
Solving (i) and (ii), we get N3 θ
mg
N2  (cos   3 sin ) …(iii) N2
3
mg
N1  (cos   3 sin ) …(iv)
3
Also, N1 cos 60 = mg sin 
N1 = 2mg sin  …(v)
From (iv) and (v),
FIITJEE Ltd., FIITJEE House, 29-A, Kalu Sarai, Sarvapriya Vihar, New Delhi -110016, Ph 46106000, 26569493, Fax 26513942
website: www.fiitjee.com
AITS-PT-I (Paper-1)-PCM (Sol.)-JEE(Advanced)/20 2
mg
2mgsin   (cos   3 sin )
3
2 3 sin   cos   3 sin 
 3 3 sin   cos 
 1 
  tan1  
3 3 
3. A
10
Sol. a1(max)  g( cos   sin )  m/s2 (where  = 0.5 and 0 = 0.33)
13
F  (m1 + m2) g(sin  + 0 cos ) = (m1 + m2) a1(max)
 F = 2000 N
4. B
Sol. velocity of point ‘A’ v A  v 2  2R2  v 2

Normal acceleration of point A, 2
R A 45
a A (n)  2Rcos 45  R cos 45  acos 45 C
a
 45
2R v2 a
45 45
a A(n)  
2 2R v2
 radius of curvature of trajectory of point ‘A’ relative to the R
ground is
(v )2 (v 2 )2
r A   2 2R
aA(n) v2
2R
5. A
Sol.  = 30
6. A, C
Sol. fs(max)  N  2 tan   W cos   2W sin 
Hmin  (2W sin  )2  (W sin  )2  3W sin 

Hmin = √3W sin ,  = 30°
7. A, C, D
Sol. The velocity parallel to the plane is unaltered by the impacts, so that the distance described
parallel to the plane will be zero at the end of a time t given by :
 gsin   t2
0  vt cos      
2
2v cos     
 t
gsin 
3 AITS-PT-I (Paper-1)-PCM (Sol.)-JEE(Advanced)/20
Also, since the elasticity is perfect, the velocity perpendicular to the plane is just reversed at each
impact. The time of flight for each trajectory is thus twice the time in which the velocity vsin (  )
2v sin     
is destroyed by g cos , and thus t =
gcos 
Clearly the particle will return to the point of projection if the first of these is some multiple, n, of
the second, i.e. if
2v cos      2v sin     
n
gsin  cos 
i.e. if cot  . cot (  ) is an integer.
8. C, D
m sin  2   
Sol. 
M sin 
9. C, D
Sol. F must be not less than


L k 2  a2  =2 N
2a  2k 2
 a2 
Let F be the friction on each of the front wheel in the forward direction, and F 1 the friction
backward , on each of the hind wheel . Then :
d2  d2  d2 
Mk 2 2
 L  2Fa ; Mk 2 2
 2F1a and Ma  2F  2F1
dt dt dt 2
Solving we get, F=
  = 2N
L k 2  a2
2a  2k  a  2 2
L k  a  2 2
F must be not less than =2N

2a  2k  a  2 2
10. A, B, D
Sol. Using conservation of momentum along horizontal direction
mu sin 53 = mv1 sin 53 + Mv2
4 4
u  v1  4v 2
5 5
5v2  v1 = u …(i) v1 B 53
v 2 cos37  v1 A
 e 1 m u v2
u 37
0.8 v2 + v1 = u …(ii) M 53
Solving (i) and (ii), we get
5.8 v2 = 2u
2u
 v2   2 m/s
5.8
 v1 = 5v2  u = 5  2  5.8 = 4.2 m/s
 Ndt  m(v  u)  10 N  s
1
3 3
 Tdt   Ncos53dt  5  Ndt  5  10  6 N-s
11. A, C, D
Sol. Mg sin   T  f S = Ma …(i)

N T
MR2
f SR  TR = 
2 fS T

Ma a m
fs  T  …(ii) 2a
2 Mg sin  Mg cos 
T  mg = 2ma  = 30
2T  2mg = 4ma …(iii)
Adding (i), (ii) and (iii), we get
 3M 
Mgsin   2mg    4m  a
 2 
 
 Msin   2m  20 5
 a g   m/s2
 3M 16 4
 4m 
 2 
 T = m(g + 2a) = 1(10 + 5/2) = 12.5 N
Ma 8 5
 fS = T   12.5  
2 2 4
 f S = 17.5 N
12. A, B, C, D
Sol. Use the definition of moment of Inertia.
SECTION – C
13. 00005.00
Sol. Apply work energy theorem

k 2
 
mg  2 2  2  0 => k=5
2
14. 00005.00
Sol. Draw the F.B.D. of the sphere at the top.
15. 00009.00
Sol. Let f 1 be the acceleration upwards of the 4 kg and therefore of the 1 kg. pulley downwards. Let f 2
and f 3 be the accelerations of the 2 and 3 kg (both measured downwards). Let T, T1 be the
tensions of the upper and lower strings. Then
T – 4g = 4f1
2T1 –T + g=1.f1
2g - T1 = 2f 2
3g - T1 = 3f 3
f 2 + f 3 = 2f 1
9g
From the above equations => f1 
49
16. 00002.00
Sol. v1 cos  = v2 sin 

v1 = v2 tan  Fixed
Vertical
v1  v 2 3 (given  = 60) Guide
Now using conservation of energy m

1 1 v1
mga(1  cos )  mv12  Mv 22
2 2 P
 2ga  2v12  4v 22 θ
40  6v 22  4v 22 v2 M
 10v 22  40 O
 v2 = 2 m/s
 v1  2 3 m/s
v sin   v 2 cos 
 1  2 rad/s
a
17. 00002.50
Sol. v0 = h sin 
v0 2v0
= =  2.50 rad/s
hsin h
18. 00004.50
Sol. When the ball A leaves the horizontal surface B

v
T = mg ….(i)
m(2v)2 T + mg
T + mg =

2
4mv
2mg 

g
v …(ii) T
2
Now, using Conservation of Energy A v
1 1
mu2  2  mv 2  mg
2 2
mg
u2 = 2v2 + 2g
u2 = g + 2g
 umin  3g  3  10  0.675  4.50 m/s
Chemistry PART – II
SECTION – A
19. A
1 1 1 3
Sol. = RH  2 - 2  = RH  
λ 1 2  4
20. A
Sol. BrO3  I  I2  Br 

I2  S 2O32  I  S 4 O62
Meq. of KBrO3 = Meq. of Na2S2O3
0.167  1000
 75  N  1
167
6
6 = 75 N
6 2
N   0.08
75 25
21. B
Sol. 

 3H2 
N2  2NH3
t0 1 3 0
tt 1  0.5 3  1.5 2  0.5
1
PNH3   21  7 atm
3
22. D
Sol. Be  OH 2  NaOH 
 NaBeO2
23. B, D
Sol. (A) m = 2,   2 , n = 3
(B) Ne = 1s2 2s2 2p6
(C) 3d = 3p
1
(D) E
n2
n=3
Third shell in hydrogen atom 3s = 3p = 3d
Ans. 9 orbitals.
24. A, B, C
Sol. It means electron would move into first excited state.

1 1
E2 - E1 =13.6Z2  2 - 2  =10.2Z2
1 2 
Z may be 1, 2, 3……..
25. A, B, D
26. A, C, D
27. A, B, C, D
28. A, B, C, D
29. A, B
30. A, C
SECTION – C
31. 00006.00
Sol. Number of atoms in unit cell = 1 + 2 = 3

3  at.wt.
15 = density =
5  1024  6  1023
At. Wt. = 5  5  6  101
= 15
15 gram has 6  1023 atoms
150
150 gram '' ''   6  1023
15
 60  1023
24
= 6 × 10
x=6
32. 00003.19
Sol. 

NH2COONH4  s  
 2NH3  g   CO 2  g 
2P P
3
K p  4P


 2NH3  g  CO2  g 
2P  0.5P P  1  0.25 P
1.5P 0.75P  1
2 3
KP  1.5P   0.75P  1  4P
2.25  0.75P  1  4P
93 
 P  1  4P
44 
27P  36
 4P
16
27P  36  64P
36
36  37P, P
37
PT  1.5P  0.75P  1
 2.25P  1
36
 2.25   1  3.19
37
33. 00000.50
1
Sol. M
x
3C2H2  C6H6
1 0

1 
3
M1 n2

M2 n1
26 2
 1
39 3
2 1 1
 
3 3 2
34. 00002.60
Sol. 

A  s  
 B  s   2C  g 
2
K P  9  PC 
PC  3


A  s  
 B  s   2C  g
1 a mol
a  1 2
PV = nRT
3  10   a  2  0.0821  600
3  10 1
 a  2  
0.0821 600 0.0821 20
a = 2.60
35. 00006.50
58
Sol. pH   6.5
2
PO 43  H  HPO 42


5 mm 10 mm 0
0 5mm 5 mm
2 
HPO 4  H  H2PO 4
5 mm 5 mm 0
0 0 5 mm
1 1
H2PO4 is a amphoteric ion whose, pH =
2
 2

pK a1  pK a2 =  5  8   6.5
36. 00003.00
1 1 1 1
Sol. 13.6Z 2  2  2   13.6  3 2  2  2 
1 2   n1 n2 
3 1 1
Z2   9  2  2 
4  n1 n2 
Z2 1 1
 2 2
12 n1 n2
Z = 1, n1 = 3, n2 = 6
2n1  3n2  6Z
Hence  =3
10
Mathematics PART – III
SECTION – A
37. A
1
sin  ln x t 
Sol. Let I  t    dx
0
ln x
1 1
ln x
I  t    cos  t ln x  dx =  Re  eit ln x  dx
0
ln x 0
 1  it  1
I  t   Re  2 

 1 t  1 t2
1

 I  t  dt  4
0
38. A
  f  x   2xf  x   x  dx  0
2 2 2
Sol.
0
1 2
  f  x   x  dx  0
2

0
2
So, f(x ) = x
i.e., f  x   x
39. D
3 2 2
Sol. (f + g )f + f gg = 0
1 1 
  f 4  f 2 g2   0
4 2 
4 2 2
 f + 2f g = c
40. A
Sol. y4 + xy – x4 – x3y3  0
(y3 + x)(y – x3)  0
Thus the two curves partition the circle x 2 + y2  2 into 4 regions of equal area and the inequality
is satisfied by the two regions the cover the y-axis. So, the area of the set is half the area of the
circle.
41. A, B
Sol. By scaling and translating, we may assume that the two inflection points are located at x = –1 and
x=1
So, f(x) = (x 4 – 6x2 + 5) + bx + c where 2b = f(1) – f(–1); 2c = f(1) + f(–1) the line passing through
inflection points is g(x) = bx + c
So, other intersection points =  5
1 5 1
16 32
 x 4  6x 2  5  dx    x  6x  5  dx  and   x  6x  5  dx 
4 2 4 2
So, 
 5 1
5 1
5
42. A, B, C, D
Sol. Let M = 3x2 + 2ey, N = 2xey + 3y2 solution of the differential equation is
  3x  2e x  dx    3y 2  dy  c
2
3 y 3
 x + 2xe + y = c
43. A, B, C, D
2
t  t
3
Sol. Let F  t     f  x  dx     f  x   dx  t  [0, 1]
 0  0
 t 
F  t   f  t  2 f  x  dx  f 2  t  
 0 
t
Let G  t   2 f  x  dx  f 2  t 
0
G  t   2f  t  1  f   t  
So, F(t)  0  t  [0, 1]
So, if 1  t  0
F(1)  F(t)  F(0)
2
1  1
3
  f  x  dx     f  x   dx  0
 0  0
If f(x) = x, x  [0, 1], then equality holds and in many more such example
44. A, C
Sol. Draw the graph in first quadrant y

4
3
2
1
x
0 1 2 3 4
45. A, B, D
Sol. f(x) = |sin x| cos–1(cos x)

Points of non-differentiability x = (2n + 1)
LHD = –, RHD = 2
f(x) = [x]|sin x|. Points of non-differentiability x = integers
LHD = (1 – k), RHD = k
f(x) = [x]sin2(x) differentiable  x  R
f(x) = |x – 1|{x} : points of non-differentiability x = 1
46. A, D
Sol. Clearly f(x) is continuous on [r, 5r] and not differentiable at x = –r, 5r
Because there is vertical tangent at x = –r, 5r
47. A, B
x4  1 x4  x2  1 x2
Sol.  x6  1 dx   x6  1 dx   x 6  1 dx
 x 4  x2  1 x2
=  dx    3 2 dx
 x2  1 x 4  x 2  1 x 1
1
= tan1 x  tan1 x 3
3
1  3x  3x 5 
= tan1  c
3  1  3x 2  3x 4  x 6 
48. A, B, C
x
Sol. (f(x)e )  0
x
So, f(x) e is convex
x
So, f(x) e  max [f(0), f(1)] = 0 O 1
 f(x)  0  x  [0, 1]
SECTION – C
49. 00002.00
Sol. Let a = 2x, b = –3x – 1 and c = –1

So, 2x = 3x – 1
 3x – 1 – 2x – 1 = 2x – 1 – 1
Let f(t) = tx – 1
So, f(t1) = f(t2) from LMVT on (1, 2) and (2, 3) and t1  (1, 2), t2  (2, 3)
 x  1 t1x 2   x  1 t x22
Clearly, there are only 2 solutions x = 1 and x = 2
50. 00000.20
3
 1 
 x   1
Sol. f  x   x 
3 1
x  3 1
x
1
Let x   t
x
6t  3t 2
gt   1 3
t  3t  1
After g(t), we get CP: t  1, 1, 1  3
3
So, g 1  3  
2 3
51. 00008.00
2 2
 a   b  1
Sol. f  x    x 2  x    1  x   8  a2  b2  x2  0  x  R
 2   2  4
2 2
f(x) is strictly positive unless a + b  8
52. 00007.00
n7
1 1 1 dx 1 1 1
Sol. 1    .....  7      .....  7
2 3 n 1
x 2 3 n
1 1 1
ln7  1  1    .....  3  lnn7
2 3 n
1 1 1
1    .....  7
So, lim 2 3 n 7
n  lnn
53. 00001.00
dx 1
Sol.  
dy dy
dx
2
d x d  1  d  1  dx 1 d2 y dx 1 d2 y
2
       = 2
 2 = 3
 2
dy dy  dy  dx  dy  dy  dy  dx dy  dy  dx
 dx   dx     
 dx   dx 
2
d y 1 
From the given is 2 
1 0
dx   dy 3 
   
  dx  
d2 y dy
  0 or  1  y = ax + b : a  0
dx 2 dx
54. 00000.00
Sol. Assume that such a function exists

 f(x) = f(f(x)) > 0
f
f(x) = f(f(x)) > f(0)  x  R
0 0
 f   x  dx   f 0  dx ; x < 0
x x
 f(x) < (x + 1)f(0)
Clearly for x  –1, f(x)  0
Contradicting the hypothesis that f(x) > 0  x
No such function exist
FIITJEE
PART TEST – I
JEE (Advanced)-2020
PAPER – 1
TEST DATE: 10-11-2019

Time Allotted: 3 Hours Maximum Marks: 186
General Instructions:
 The test consists of total 54 questions.
 Each subject (PCM) has 18 questions.
 This question paper contains Three Parts.
 Part-I is Physics, Part-II is Chemistry and Part-III is Mathematics.
 Each Part is further divided into Two Sections: Section-A & Section-C.
1. Section–A (01 – 04, 19 – 22, 37 – 40) contains 12 multiple choice questions which out of 4
options have only one correct answer. Each question carries +3 marks for correct answer and –1
mark for wrong answer.
Section-A (05 – 12, 23 – 30, 41 – 48) contains 24 multiple choice questions which have one or
more than one correct answer. Each question carries +4 marks for all correct answer.
Full Marks : +4 If only (all) the four option(s) is (are) chosen.
Partial Marks : +3 If all the four options are correct but ONLY three options are chosen.
Partial Marks : +2 If three or more options are correct but ONLY two options are chosen and
both of which are correct options.
Partial Marks : +1 If two or more options are correct but ONLY one option is chosen and it is a
correct option.
Zero Marks : 0 If none of the options is chosen (i.e. the question is unanswered).
Negative Marks : –1 In all other cases.
2. Section-C (13 – 18, 31 – 36, 49 – 54) contains 18 Numerical answer type questions with answer
XXXXX.XX and each question carries +3 marks for correct answer. There is no negative marking.
AITS-PT-I (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/20 2
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
(One Options Correct Type)
This section contains 04 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and
(D), out of which ONLY ONE option is correct.
1. A bobbin of mass M = 3 kg consists of a central cylinder of

R
radius r = 5 cm and two end plates of radius R = 6 cm. It is
placed on a slotted incline on which it will roll but not slip, and a r
mass m = 4.5 kg is suspended from a cord wound around the
bobbin, as shown in Figure. It is observed that the system is in M
static equilibrium. What is the angle of tilt  of the incline? m
(A)  = 30
(B)  = 45
(C)  = 60
(D)  = 75
2. Smooth, identical logs are piled in a stake truck. The truck is

forced off the highway and comes to rest on an even keel
lengthwise but with the bed at an angle  with the horizontal, as
shown in Figure. As the truck is unloaded, the removal of the
θ
log shown dotted leaves the remaining three in a condition
where they are just ready to slide, that is, if  were any smaller,
the logs would fall down. Find .
 1 
(A)   tan1  
2 3 
 1 
(B)   tan1  
3 3 
 1 
(C)   tan1  
4 3
 1 
(D)   tan1  
5 3 
3. In the arrangement shown in Figure, the inclined plane is 130 cm long

F
and its upper end is 50 cm above the level of the lower end. The block m1
m2 rests on the plane, and has a mass of 60 kg. The block m 1 has a m2
mass 200 kg. The coefficient of static friction between the two blocks is
0.50; the coefficient of sliding friction between the lower block and the
plane is 0.33. A force F upward and parallel to the plane is applied to
the lower block. What is the maximum value of F before the two blocks
move with respect to each other?
(A) F = 2000N
(B) F = 2400N
(C) F = 2700N
(D) F = 3600N
3 AITS-PT-I (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/20
4. A uniform circular disc of radius ‘R’ is rolling without slipping on a R

rough horizontal surface with a constant acceleration ‘a’. Then the
radius of curvature of trajectory of point ‘A’ of the disc relative to the
ground at the given instant as shown in the figure is
a v
 A

(A) 4R
(B) 2 2R
(C) 2R
(D) 2R
(One or More than one correct type)
This section contains 08 questions. Each question has FOUR options (A), (B), (C) and (D). ONE OR
MORE THAN ONE of these four options is(are) correct.
5. A uniform plank of weight W and length 3R lies in a R

smooth circular trough of radius R , as shown in Figure. At θ
one end of the plank is a weight W/2. Find the possible
values of angle  at which the plank lies when it is in
equilibrium.
(A)  = 30
(B)  = 0
(C)  = 25
(D)  = 15
6. A particle of weight W rests on a rough inclined plane that makes an

angle  with the horizontal, as shown in Figure . If the coefficient of
static friction µ = 2 tan ). A horizontal force H is acting transverse to
the slope of the plane (see figure ) H
(A) If H = 2 3 W sin  the particle will move on the incline plane.

(B) If H = 0.5W sin  the particle will move on the incline plane.
(C) If H = 3 W sin  the direction  in which the block goes, relative to H is 30.
(D) If H = 0.5W sin  the direction  in which the block goes, relative to H is 60.
7. A perfectly elastic particle is projected with velocity v at an elevation

. A smooth plane passes through the point of projection and is
inclined at an angle  to the horizontal. The particle will return to the θ α
point of projection provided cot  cot(  ) is :
(A) 2
(B) 2.5
(C) 3
(D) 4
8. If a particle of mass m collides elastically with one of mass M at rest, and if the former is scattered
at an angle  and the latter moves at an angle  with respect to the line of motion of the incident
particle, then which of the following combinations are possible:
(A)  = 30,  = 0, m = 1kg, M = 1kg
(B)  = 60,  = 0, m = 3kg, M = 3kg
(C)  = 45,  = 45, m = 2kg, M = 2kg
(D)  = 60,  = 45, m = 1kg, M =√3kg
9. A locomotive engine, of mass M=1kg, has two pairs of wheels, of radius a = 0.25m, the moment
2 33
of inertia of each pair about its axis being Mk ; and the engine exerts a torque L = Nm on the
17
forward axle. If both pairs of wheels commence to roll without sliding when the engine starts and
F is the friction between each of the front wheels and the line capable of being called into action.
If k = 1, the values of F (in newton) can be:
(A) 1
(B) 1.5
(C) 2.5
(D) 3
10. A ball ‘A’ of mass M = 4 kg is suspended by a vertical string. Another ball

‘B’ of mass m = 1 kg moving with a velocity u = 5.8 m/s at an angle  = 53
from vertical collides elastically with the ball ‘A’ as shown. Then choose
the correct option(s).
B
53
m u
M
A
(A) The velocity of ball ‘A’ just after collision is 2 m/s
(B) The velocity of ball ‘B’ just after collision is 4.2 m/s
(C) The velocity of ball ‘B’ just after collision is 2.5 m/s
(D) The impulse on the ball ‘A’ due to tension in the string is 6 N-s
11. A block of mass m = 1 kg is attached to one end of an ideal string

whose other end is wound over a solid cylinder of mass M = 8 kg
and radius R = 10 cm as shown when the cylinder rolls without M, R
slipping down the rough inclined plane of inclination  = 30, the
block moves vertically upward. Then choose the correct option(s). rough m
(g = 10 m/s2)
 = 30
2
(A) The acceleration of block is 2.5 m/s
(B) The acceleration of block is 5 m/s2
(C) The tension in the string is 12.5 N
(D) The frictional force acting on the cylinder is 17.5 N
12. Consider a right solid cone, whose height is h and the radius of whose base is a.
(A) The moment of inertia of cone about its slant height is


3Ma2 6h2  a2 

20 h2  a2 
(B) The moment of inertia of cone about an axis passing through its centre of gravity and
perpendicular to its axis.


3M h2  4a2  .
80
3Ma2
(C) The moment of inertia of cone about its axis is .
10
(D) The moment of inertia of cone about any axis passing through the centre of circular base
and lying in the plane of the circle is same.
SECTION – C
(Numerical Answer Type)
This section contains 06 questions. The answer to each question is a NUMERICAL VALUE. For each
question, enter the correct numerical value (in decimal notation, truncated/rounded‐off to the second
decimal place; e.g. XXXXX.XX).
13. A light elastic string of natural length 2m has one end, A, A

fixed and the other, B, attached to one end of a uniform Slackened
rod BC of length 2m and mass m = 3  2 2 kg . This can Elastic
thread
turn freely in a vertical plane about its other end C, which 2m
is fixed at a distance 2m vertically below A. Initially the rod
is vertical, and, on being slightly displaced, falls until it is
horizontal, and then rises again. Find the elastic constant
of string in N/m .(take g = 10m/s2) C B
2m
14. Three identical smooth spheres each of mass m

3 3
= kg on a smooth horizontal plane are in contact
2
with one another, and are kept together by an endless THREAD
string in the plane of their centers, just fitting them;
when a fourth identical sphere is placed on them, the
k
tension in the string is newton, then find the value
2
of k. (Take g= 10m/s2).
TOP VIEW
15. Over a smooth light pulley is passed a string supporting at one end a
weight of mass 4 kg. At the other end of the string is a pulley of mass 1 kg.
Two masses of 2 kg and 3 kg are suspended on either side of the 1kg
pulley as shown in figure. The acceleration of the 4 kg mass is ng/49. Find
1kg
n. 4kg
2kg 3kg
16. A smooth hemisphere, of mass M = 4kg and radius a = 2m,

is placed with its plane base on a smooth table. A rod, of Fixed
Vertical
mass m = 2kg is constrained to move in a vertical line with Guide
one end P on the curved Surface of the hemisphere. Find
m
the angular speed (in rad/s) of point P with respect to centre
O of the hemisphere when OP makes an angle  = 60 with
the vertical. Initially the rod was at the topmost point of the P
hemisphere.
θ
M
17. Pin P is attached to BC and slides freely in the slot of OA. B

Determine the rate of change d/dt (in rad/s) of the angle
 at the instant when h = 4 m,  = 600, and  = 300,
knowing that BC moves at a constant speed v 0 = 5 m/s. vo
A
P
h
θ
O
C
18. Two identical small balls A and B each of mass m u

connected by a light inextensible string of length
 = 67.5 cm are placed on a smooth horizontal A B
surface. With what minimum velocity u (in m/s) should
the ball B be projected vertically upwards so that the
ball A leaves the horizontal surface? (g = 10 m/s2)
SECTION – A
19. In hydrogen atom during de-excitation of electron from an excited state to ground state 15
spectral lines are emitted. Find the longest wavelength of U.V. region during de-excitation.
4
(A)
3RH
36
(B)
35RH
25
(C)
24RH
16
(D)
15RH
20. 0.167 gram of KBrO3 is reacted with excess of KI. And liberated I2 requires 75 ml of Na2S2O3.
What is normality of Na2S2O3 (where KBrO3 is converted in KBr) (at. wt. of Br is = 80)
(A) 0.08
(B) 0.16
(C) 1.8
(D) 0.2
21. N2 and H2 are 1 : 3 molar ratio, allowed to react to form NH3, at equilibrium 50% of N2 and H2 are
reacted. If the total pressure of the system was 21 atm. Find partial pressure of NH3 at
equilibrium.
(A) 5 atm
(B) 7 atm
(C) 9 atm
(D) 11 atm
22. An alkaline earth metal whose sulphate is soluble and whose oxide is inert on heating. It forms
insoluble hydroxide which is soluble in excess of NaOH. Find the metal
(A) Mg
(B) Ba
(C) Ca
(D) Be
23. Which of the following are correct?

(A) Number of wave made by an electron is two in an orbit where maximum magnetic
quantum number is 2.
(B) Number of electrons in Ne having their orbital angular momentum equal to zero are four.
(C) Energy of 3d subshell will be more than 3p in hydrogen atom.
(D) The number of degenerated orbitals will be 9 in a orbit of hydrogen atom where energy is
 RH 
proportional to   .
 9 
24. Hydrogen like species in ground state absorb n photons having same energy and during de-
excitation emits exactly n photons. Then the energy of absorb photon would be
(A) 40.8 eV
(B) 91.8 eV
(C) 163.2 eV
(D) 57.2 eV
25. Which of the following is/are true regarding H2 gas

(A) H2 is more rapidly adsorbed on to the surface than D2.
(B) H2 reacts with Cl2 13 times faster than D2 with Cl2.
(C) NaCl is more soluble in D2O than H2O.
(D) H2 can be obtained from water gas by oxidation of CO into CO2 which can be easily
removed by dissolving in H2O.
26. Which are true regarding H2O2?

(A) Decomposition of H2O2 can be catalysed by addition of MnO2.
(B) H2O2 can be prepared by adding TiO2 in dil. H2SO4.
(C) H2O2 can be prepared by adding H3PO4 in hydrated BaO2.
(D) H2O2 decomposes on standing and on heating this can be retarded by using acetanilide
or stannates.
27. Select the correct statement:

(A) F-Centre is responsible for imparting the colour to the crystal.
(B) Ionic compound having low co-ordination number shows Frenkel defect.
(C) Schottky defect is more common for crystal having high radius-ratio (cation to anion).
(D) Stoichiometry of crystal remains unaffected due to Schottky defect.
28. Select the CORRECT statements:

(A) Mixture of NaH2PO4 and Na2HPO4 act as a buffer solution.
(B) pH of a solution formed by mixing equimolar quantities of HCOOH and HCl will be less
than that of a solution formed from equimolar quantities of HCOOH and HCOONa.
(C) When Na3PO4(aq) is titrated with HCl(aq), the pH of solution at second equivalent point is
1
2

pK a1  pK a2 
(D) Phenolphthalein changes it’s colour from pink to colourless at first equivalence point of
titration of Na2CO3 with HCl.
29. Heating of lime stone given below



CaCO3  s  
 CaO  s   CO2 
Equilibrium will shift in forward direction.
(A) addition of He gas at constant pressure
(B) By increasing the temperature
(C) Decreasing the volume of the vessel
(D) Addition of CaO
30. Which of the following statements regarding alkali metal are correct?
(A) When alkali metal dissolve in liquid NH3, as conc. of NH3 increases paramagnetic
character decreases.
(B) Alkali metal in liquid NH3 shows very strong oxidizing character.
(C) Stability of superoxide of alkali metals increases with increase in size of metal cation.
(D) All alkali metal carbonates decomposes on heating and gives CO2 gas.
SECTION – C
31. A unit cell has one atom on each corner of cube and two atoms at one of it’s body diagonals if
-24 3 3
volume of unit cell is 5 × 10 cm and density of element is 15 gram/cm . The number of atom
24 23
present in 150 gram of element is x × 10 find x. (Avogadro number = 6 × 10 )
32. 

 2NH3  g   CO2  g 
If at equilibrium some CO2 at 1 atm is added at constant volume, 25% of original NH3 and CO2,
solidified before equilibrium was re-established. Find total pressure at new equilibrium.
Red hot
33. Cu tube  C6H6
3C2H2 
Find the degree of association of ethyne if observed molecular mass of mixture is 39.
34. 

A  s  
 B  s   2C  g 
KP of above reaction is 9 atm 2, at 327oC
A 10 litre vessel contains 1 mole of B. How many moles of C would be added to drive backward
reaction to completion.
35. 50 ml of 0.1 M Na3PO4 was titrated with 50 ml of 0.2 M HCl. Find the pH of resulting mixture
where pK a1 ,pK a2 and pK a3 of H3PO4 are 5, 8, 13.
36. A single electron species having atomic number Z make a transition from 2 to 1. The emitted
+2
photon is absorbed by excited electron of Li in n1 orbit and further excited to n2. Find the value
2n1  3n2  6Z
of
10
SECTION – A
1
sin  ln x 
37. If  dx is equal to
0
ln x

(A)
4
11
(B)
14
 11
(C) 
4 14
22
(D) 
7
1 1
1
38. Number of continuous function(s) f: [0, 1]  R satisfying  f  x  dx   f 2  x2  dx is/are
0
3 0
(A) 1
(B) 2
(C) 3
(D) 4
39. Let f, g : R  [1, ) are two differentiable function on the real line satisfying the differential
equation (f 2 + g2)f + (fg)g = 0, then
(A) f is bounded, but g not
(B) f is unbounded, but g is bounded
(C) both are unbounded
(D) both f and f·g are bounded
40. The area of the set of points (x, y) in the plane that satisfy that two inequalities x 2 + y2  2 and
x4 + x3y3  xy + y4 is
(A) 
2
(B)
3
19
(C)
21
(D) none of these
41. Let f(x) be a real polynomial of degree 4 whose graph has two real inflection points. There are
three regions bounded by the graph and the line passing through these inflection points, then
(A) Two of these regions have equal area
(B) Area of one of the region is equal to the sum of other two
(C) Area of one of the region is double the sum of areas of other two
(D) Area of one of the region is square of the sum of areas of other two
42. Let a curve passing through (1, 0) satisfies the differential equation
 2xe y  3y2  dy   3x 2  2ey   0 , then
dx
3 y 3
(A) x + 2xe + y = 3
3 2y 3
(B) x – 2xe + y = –1
5
(C) The slope of tangent to the curve at (1, 0) is 
2
(D) The curve intersects x-axis at only one point
43. Let f be a function having a continuous derivative on [0, 1] and with the property that 0 < f(x)  1.
2
1 
  f  x  dx 
0 
Also, suppose that f(0) = 0, then 1 is always greater than or equal to
3
 f  x   dx

0
2
(A)
3
1
(B)
2
1
(C)
3
(D) 1
44. Let S be the set of points in the Cartesian plane that satisfy |||x| – 2| – 1| + |||y| – 2| – 1| = 1, if a
model of S were built from wire of negligible thickness, then
(A) total length of wire required would be 64 2
(B) total length of wire required would be 32 2
(C) area enclosed by the wire is 50 sq. units
(D) area enclosed by the wire is 25 sq. units
45. Which of the following are CORRECT? (where [.] denotes the greatest integer function and {.}
fractional part of x)
(A) Right hand derivative of f(x) = |sin x| cos–1 cos x at non-differentiable point is 
(B) Left hand derivative of f(x) = [x] |sin x| at non-differentiable point is (1 – k), k  I
(C) Left hand derivative of f(x) = [x] sin2 x at non- differentiable point is (–1)k
1 3
(D) Right hand derivative of f(x) = |x – 1|{x} : x   ,  at non- differentiable point is 0
2 2
46. The function f is defined by y = f(x) where x = r(3 cos t + 2|cos t|)
and y = r(2 sin t + |sin t|) : t  [0, ], then
(A) f(x) is continuous on [–r, 5r]
(B) f(x) is discontinuous at one point on [–r, 5r]
(C) f(x) is differentiable  x  [–r, 5r]
(D) f(x) is not differentiation at 2 points on [–r, 5r]
x4  1
47.  x 6  1 dx is
1
(A) tan1 x  tan1  x 3   c
3
1  3x  3x 5 
(B) tan1  2 4 6 
c
3  1  3x  3x  x 
1  2x  x 4 
(C) tan1  c
3  1  2x 5  3x 2 
1  x  x3  1 
(D) tan1  c
2  1  x 2  3x 5 
48. Let f: [0, 1]  R be a double differentiable function with f(0) = f(1) = 0, and f(x) + 2f(x) + f(x)  0
 x  (0, 1), then
(A) f(x)  0  x  [0, 1]
1
(B) if ex f(x) assumes its minimum value in [0, 1] at x  , then f(x) + f(x) < 0
2
 1 
 x   0, 
 2
x
(C) if g(x) = e f(x), then number of real solution of the equation g(g(g(x))) = 0 is 2
(D) f(x) > 0  x  [0, 1]
SECTION – C
49. Number of real solution(s) of the equation 6x + 1 = 8x – 27x – 1 is equal to
 x2  x  13 2 3
50. Let A be the minimum value of the function f: R  R, f  x   6 3
, then A is
x  x 1 5 3
51. If the equation x4 + ax3 + 2x2 + bx + 1 = 0; (a, b  R) has a real solution, then minimum value of
a2 + b2 is
1 1 1
1   .....  7
52. lim 2 3 n is equal to
n  lnn
d2 y d2 x
53. Let y = f(x) be a one-one function satisfying the differential equation   0 and f(0) = 1,
dx 2 dy 2
f(1) = 2, then f(0) is
54. Number of continuously differentiable function f: R  R satisfying f(x) > 0 and

f(x) = f(f(x))  x  R is/are
FIITJEE
PART TEST – I
JEE (Advanced)-2020
PAPER – 2
TEST DATE: 10-11-2019

Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A, B, C, D
Sol. By definition
2. A, C
Sol. To find F draw the F.B.D. of the mass. Then apply work energy theorem to get maximum speed.
3. B, C, D
Sol. The number of collisions will be dependent on the masses of the three objects. If m1 = 4m,
m2 = m and m3 = 3m then m1 finally moves to left with 1 m/s, m2 with speed 1.5 m/s and m3 to
right side with speed 2.5 m/s.
4. A, D
Sol. Write the co-ordinates of the collar and differentiate w.r.t. time to get velocity of collar.
5. A, B, C
Sol. Let the line joining the centres of sphere and grindstone be inclined at  to the vertical, and let R,
F be the normal reaction and friction. The sphere remains at rest if:
R = Mg cos  and F=Mg sin 
AITS-PT-I (Paper-2)-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Advanced)/20 2
2Mb2 d2  bd2  5gsin 

Also : 2
 Fb  Mgb sin   
5 dt dt 2 2
2 2 5gsin 
and bd /dt = acceleration of point of contact = a, therefore   , so that  must not
2a
exceed 5g/2a.
6. A, D
v0
Sol. If a   g , then the distance covered by the object relative to train
t
1 (a  g)2 t 2
 (a  g)t 2 
2 2g
v0t 1 (v  gt)2
=  gt 2  0
2 2 2g
v 20 v t
  0
2g 2
v 20 v t
If the wagon long enough, distance moved by the small body relative to train is  =  0
2g 2
7. A, B, C
Sol. Let  be the inclination of the direction of projection to the horizontal, and x the distance from the
wall to the point of projection, so that the time to the wall = x/vcos. After the impact the horizontal
velocity is evcos, so that the particle will be vertically over the starting point again in time
x/evcos from the impact .(e is the coefficient of restitution)
The vertical velocity is unaltered by the impact, so that the particle will be on the same vertical
level as the point of projection in time 2Vsin/g .
The particle will therefore return to the point of projection if
2v sin  x x
 
g v cos  ev cos 
 e  v 2 sin2
 x 
 1 e  g
v2e
Now the greatest value of sin 2 is unity, so that the greatest value of x is , where e is
g  e  1
the coefficient of restitution. Since 0  e  1  x  5
8. C, D
Sol. Since the rod is raised slowly (quasi-statically), the entire F cos 
F
system remains in equilibrium at any moment of time. Thus,
the torque about the point of rotation of the rod is zero about F sin 
any axis, and the net external forces are 0.
mg cos  mgcos 
  F  0F N
2 2 
N = mg – F cos , fs = F sin   mg
fs

3 AITS-PT-I (Paper-2)-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Advanced)/20
The F sin  force causes the rod’s bottom end to slip in one direction. The friction force counters
this force to stop the slipping, fs  sN
sN  F sin . Hence,
F sin  sin  cos 
s  
mg  Fcos  2  cos 2 
Maximum of µs can be found by setting its derivative with respect to theta equal to zero:
d  2  cos   2cos   1  2cos  1  cos  
2 2 2 2
1 2
 2
 0 This gives sin   and min 
d  2  cos  
2
3 4
9. A
Sol. T2 T2 cos 2 N
T1 cos 1
T2 sin 2 T1 sin 1 T1 sin 1 N

10m T1 cos 1
10
F.B.D. of m F.B.D of ring
F.B.D. of 1 kg
For ring 25/3
N = T1 cos 1 P R
3
N  T1 sin 1
4
tan 1 = 3/4  1 = 37
from geometry of triangle 2 = 53 53 37 5
  = 90
A
For 1 kg block For m
T1 sin 1 = T2 sin 2  3T1 = 4T2 T2 = 10 m = 6
T2 cos 2 + T1 cos 1 = 10 6
m kg = 0.6 kg
 T2 = 6 N, T1 = 8 N 10
10. D
Sol. For 1 kg block For Block A

T1 = 8 N 5mg  T2 = 5ma
T2  6 = a ….(i) 30  T2 = 3a …(ii)
Solving (i) and (ii), we get
a = 6 m/s2
 T2 = 6 + a = 6 + 6 = 12 N
11. A
12. C
Sol. (for Q.11-12) F
 ICM  h a
If h > h0  where h0   
 mR 
fS
F + f S = ma …(i)
Fh  fSR = ICM
Fh I a
 fs  cm2 …(ii)
R R
From (i) and (ii)
 h  I 
F  1    ma  1  CM2 
 R  mR 
 h
F 1  
 R 
a
 ICM 
m 1  2 
 mR 
f S = ma  F
If h < h0 F
F  f S = ma …(i) h a
Fh + f SR = ICM 
Fh I a fS
 fs  cm2 …(ii)
R R
From (i) and (ii)
 h  I 
F  1    ma  1  CM2 
 R  mR 
 h
F 1  
a  R
 I 
m  1  CM2 
 mR 
f S = F  ma
For a ring,
F = 2mg, h = R/2
3g mg
a0  , f0  fS  F  ma 
2 2
3g mg
a0  , f0 
2 2
For a disc,
F = mg, h = 3R/4
 3
mg  1  
 4  7g 2 7g
a   
3 4 3 6
m
2
7mg mg
f S = ma  F =  mg 
6 6
7a0 f0
a , fS 
9 3
For a hollow sphere,
5mg R
F= ,h 
8 3
5mg 4

a 8 3  g  a = a /3
0
5 2
m
3
5mg mg mg f0
f S = F  ma =   
8 2 8 4
f S = f 0/4
For a solid sphere
F = mg/2, h = 3R/5
mg 8

4g 8
a 2 5   a0
7 7 21
m
5
f S = ma  F
4mg mg mg
fS   
7 2 14
8a0 f0
a , fS 
21 7
SECTION – C
13. 00002.25
dv
Sol. m v  P = constant
dt
When acceleration reduces to half value its speed becomes doubled i.e. v = 2v 0
1

Pt  m v 2  v 20
2

1

Pt  m 4v 02  v 02
2

3mv 20 3  1 100  15
t  = 2.25 sec.
2P 2  1000
14. 00001.20
Sol. M0g sin + fs = M0a …(i)

fs = Mg sin …(ii)
(M  M)gsin 
a 0
M0
2M0 
The time in which he gets to the other end of the plank is
M  M0  gsin 
15. 00003.60
Sol. For entering without jerk v2 =  = 2 m/s v2
Using work energy theorem on sleeve after entering in the frame of

v1
rod. Top View
W spring + W centrifugal = K
1 1 1
 k2  m2 2  0  mv 12
2 2 2
1 1 1
 mv12  k 2  m 2  2
2 2 2
1 1 1 1
Now K 
2
 2 2

m v12  v 22  k2  m 2  2  m 2  2
2
= 2 + 1.6 = 3.6 Joule
16. 00005.00
Sol. When the wedge has moved through a distance y, let the point of contact of cylinder have moved
down the plane through x (with respect to wedge). Let F be the friction between the cylinder and
the plane.
Since there is no horizontal force on (wedge + cylinder system)
d2 y  d2 y d2 x 
M 2  m  2  cos  2   0 …(1)
dt  dt dt 

 d2 y d2 x  ma d2 x ma2 d2 
Also, m  2 cos   2   F  mgsin  and   Fa , so that
 dt dt  2 dt 2 2 dt 2

d2 y  d2 x 
2 cos   3  2   2gsin  …(2)
dt 2  dt 
Equation (1) and (2) implies acceleration of the centre of the cylinder down the face, and relative
2gsin  M  m  2
to the wedge, is = 5 m/s .
3M  m  2m sin2 
17. 00005.00
Sol. Assume that the drum rolls away from the force P, so that P
the friction F is away from P. Then : 600
d2  d2  d2 x a
Mk 2 2  Pa  Fb and Mb 2  M 2  F  P cos 60
dt dt dt b
2

M k 2  b2  ddt   P a  b2 
2
fS Side view
d2 
 0.25  8  10(1.5  1)
dt 2
d2  2
  2.5 rad/s
dt 2
d2 
And the required acceleration = b 2
= 2  2.5 = 5 m/s2
dt
18. 00012.00
Sol. v0cos 30 = v cos 45

3
 v  v0
2
Now using conservation of energy
1
m(v 2  v 20 )  mgh
2
3v 20 v2
 v 02  2gh  0  2gh
2 2
 v 0  4gh  4  10  3.6  12 m/s
SECTION – A
19. A, B, D
Sol. Cathode : H2, Anode : Cl2
20. A, B, C
Sol. (D) : LiCl
21. A, B, D
22. A, B, C
Sol. Mg  Ne  3s 2
3+0+0=3
23. A, B, C


N2O4 
 2NO2
Sol.
4 8
88
KP   16 atm
4
On doubling the volume


N2O 4 
 2NO2
4 8
x  2x
2 2
2
16 
 4  2x 
2  x 
x = 0.4725
24. A, B, C
25. B, C, D
Sol. (A) CaC2/Mg2C3 + H2O  C2H2 / C3H4

(B) Be2C / Al4C3 + H2O 
 CH4
(C) R 2 SiCl2
(D) In pyrosilicate one oxygen atom is shared.
26. B, D
Sol. n-Factor of H3PO2 is one
1
200   1  100  1 2
3
1 1 1
pH  7   1.2  log = 7. 45
2 2 2
27. A
28. B
29. C
30. B
SECTION – C
31. 00001.50
Sol. S  K 2SO 4  6e  … (1)

Mn NO3 2  2e   K 2MnO4  2NO … (2)
3Mn NO3 2  S  K 2SO 4  3K 2MnO 4  6NO
Now balance K by adding 8 KOH on left side.
3Mn NO3 2  S  8KOH  K 2 SO 4  3K 2MnO 4  6NO  4H2O
xyz 384
   1.5
10 10
32. 00006.50
Sol. PCl3  3H2O  H3PO3  3HCl

0.5 0.5 3  0.5
No. of mole of NaOH = 0.5 × 2 + 3 × 0.5 × 1
= 2.5
PCl5  4H2O 
 H3PO4  5HCl
0.5 0.5 0.5  5
Number of moles of NaOH required = 0.5 × 3 + 0.5 × 5 × 1
=4
Hence, total mole of NaOH = 2.5 + 4
= 6.5 mol
33. 00000.20
Sol. pH = 5
[H+] = 10-5
RH2  Ca 2  RCa  2H

1
 105 10 5
2
1
Wt. of Ca+2 in one litre   105  40  2  10 4 gram = 0.2 mg
2
Hence, hardness will be 0.2 ppm.
34. 00019.00
Sol. 2NaOH  CO 2  Na2CO3

20mm 1mm 0
18 mm 0 1 mm
1
meq. of NaOH  meq. of Na2CO3 = meq. of HCl
2
1
18  1   1 2  x  1,
2
x = 19
35. 00000.20
Sol. 
A B  C
Dd

d
50  41.67
  0.2
41.67

A B  C
1 0 0
1    1  1 
Hence number of mole of
 1 0.2  0.2
36. 00010.45
1 4
49   1000 49   1000
5 5 1
Sol.   V
40 49 10
V  10450 ml  10.45 litre
SECTION – A
37. A, B, C, D
1 1 1 1
2
Sol.  0    f  x   x  dx   f 2  x  dx  2 xf  x  dx   x 2 dx
0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1
So, f
2  x  dx  2 xf  x  dx   x 2 dx  2 xf  x  dx  1
0 0 0 0
3
1
1  1
 1  x2 
    f  t  dt  dx     dx
0x  0
2 
1
1
  tf  t  dt  3
0
1
So, f
2  x  dt  1
0
3
38. A
1 1
n k 1
Sol. Putting x k  t gives   f  t  tk 1 dt 
n
 k  {1, 2, 3, ....., n – 1}
0
1 1 n 1
n 1 k n 1k k
So,  f t  t  dt    n1Ck  1  f  t   t dt
0 0 k 0
1 n
k 1 n  k k 1
= 
n 1
Ck 1  1  f  t   t dt
0k 1
n 1
k 1 n k
=   1  n 1Ck 1    f  t    t k 1dt
k 1 0
n
k 1 1 1 n 1
=   1  n1 Ck 1  n  n 1  1  0
k 1
But (f(t) – t)n – 1  0 as n – 1 is an even positive integer

 f(t) = t  t  [0, 1]
39. A, B, C, D
Sol. f(x) f(x)  f(x) f(x) < f(x) f(x) + (f(x))2  x  R

1 2  1 2 
  f   x    f  x  f   x   x  R  lim  f   x    f  x  f   x   0 
2  x  2 
1
 f   x  2  1 f   x  f   x   f  x   f   x   1 f   x  f   x   f  x   f   x   1 f   x  f  x 
2 2 2 2
1 3 1 2 3
f   x  f   x   f 2  x   x  R   f   x   f   x   f 2  x  f   x   x  R
2 4 2 4
1
1 1  3 3
 f 3  x   f 3  x   x  R  f   x     f  x   x  R
6 4 2
40. A, B, C
2
y  y    y    2x  1  y   2 y
Sol. 2
 2
;  d      2x  1 dx
 y  y   y 
4x
y e 2x 1
41. A, B, C, D
1 1
 1 f 1  f 0 
Sol.   x  2  f   x  dx  2
  f  x  dx
0 0
1 1
 1 1 1
Since,   x  2  f   x  dx  max
0  x 1
f   x   x  dx  max f   x 
2 4 0 x 1
0 0
42. A, B, D
x2
e x  e x 
x 2n 
x 2n 2 1
Sol.    n  e 2  ecx  x  R  c 
2 n0 2n n0 2 n 2
1
For c  , inequality does not hold for x = 1
e
43. A, B
Sol. (A) Clearly function is differentiable at some of these points

(B) Differentiable  x  [0, 4]
(C) Not differentiable at x = 2, 5, 8
(D) f(x) is not differentiable at 1
44. A, C
a
Sol.   f  x  dx  0
0
1
Put x = at, we get  f  at  dt  0
0
Let M  max f   x 
0  x 1
Using LMVT on [a, ax], |f(x) – f(ax)|  (1 – a)xM
1 1 1
1
Now,  f  x dx    f  x   f  ax   dx  1  a  M xdx  1  a  M
2
0 0 0
 a
Equality holds if f  x    M  x  
 2
45. D
46. B
Sol. (45.-46.)
f 1(x) is discontinuous at x = –1 only
f 2(x) is continuous  x  R
f 3(x) is continuous at x = 0, 3 only
f 4(x) is continuous at each irrational number
47. A
48. A
Sol. (47.-48.)
(I) (x3 – x + 1)3 – x3 + x = 0 
3 
 f(f(x)) = 0, where f(x) = x – x + 1
which has only one negative solution
6 4 3 2
(II) f(x) = x – x + 2x – x + 1
2 2 2 3
= (x – 1) (x + 1) + 2x > 0  x > 0
3
1 1 1
(III)    x 5 has three positive
x 1 x  2 x  3
solutions
(IV) 2x = x4, has two positive solutions x=1 x=2 x=3
SECTION – C
49. 00011.00
Sol. f(3) = 8 and f(0) = 3
50. 00001.00
f   0  2 f     3
Sol. f  x   f 0   f  0 x  x  x where 0    x and
2! 3!
f   2   2 f    
f  x   f  2   f   2  x  2   x  2   x  2 3 where x    2
2! 3!

f  3   f      x  2 3  2
x 
6 6
Put x = 1 ; f      f      12
So, at least one of f     and f     is  6
51. 00000.00
x2
f x  e 2 f   x   2xf   x    x 2  1 f  x 
Sol. lim f  x    lim
x  x 2
x   x 2  1
e2
So, lim f  x   0
x 
52. 00000.00
1
Sol. Put g  x   x 2 
4
 1 1 1
x   ,  , then x  g  x  
 2 2 2
 1 1
Let x 0    ,  and xn 1  g  xn   n  0. The sequence xn is increasing and bounded above
 2 2
1
so its limit exists and this limit is (by solving g(l) = l)
2
 1  1 1
By continuity, the constant sequence f  xn  tends to f    f is constant over   2 , 2 
 2
53. 00002.00
Sol. Let g(x) = ex/2 f(x)

Using Rolle’s Theorem, g, g, g have at least 4, 3, 2 distinct real zeroes respectively
54. 00000.50
k k
1 n 1
 k  n2  k  n2
 2   n2  n
k
 k  n2
1 n
k 1
Sol. lim  n   1  k  N  lim k 1 n  1  lim   2   lim  n2 
n  k n  k n 
k 1  n 
n 
k 1 2
n2  n2
k 1
FIITJEE
PART TEST – I
JEE (Advanced)-2020
PAPER – 2
TEST DATE: 10-11-2019


1. Section-A (01 – 08, 19 – 26, 37 – 44) contains 24 multiple choice questions which have one or
correct option.
Section-A (09 – 12, 27 – 30, 45 – 48) contains 6 List-Match sets with 12 questions (each set has 2
questions). Each question has 4 statements in LIST-I & 5 or 6 statements in LIST-II. The codes for
Lists have choices (A), (B), (C), (D) out of which only one is correct.
Each question has only one correct answer and carries +3 marks for correct answer and –1 mark
for wrong answer.
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1 A force F(x, y, z) = Fx î  Fy ˆj  Fz kˆ is conservative if, and only if, the following relations are
satisfied:
Fx Fy
(A) 
y x
Fy Fz
(B) 
z y
Fz Fx
(C) 
x z
(D) Work done by the force on any closed path is zero.
2. The two endpoints of an 8 m long weightless thread are fixed at the same height at a distance of
4 m. An object of mass 10 kg is hung onto the thread and can move without friction. A horizontal
force of magnitude F is exerted on the object to keep it at rest on the thread exactly below one of
the endpoints of the thread? If F is removed, the object has an initial acceleration ‘a’ and
eventually acquires a maximum speed v max.
(A) F = 50N
(B) a = 4m/s2
(C) v max  20 2 3  3   m/s
(D) The radius of curvature of path traced by the particle after removal of F will first decrease
and then increase.
3. Three balls of mass m1, m2 and m3 can slide without friction along a horizontal rod. (There are
holes in the balls.) At a certain moment the middle ball is given an initial speed of v0 = 5 m/s
towards the right. If all collisions are totally elastic pick the correct statement/s .
v0
m1 m2 m3
(A) For any value of m 1, m2 and m3 there can be at most 2 collisions.

(B) If m1 = 4m, m2 = m and m3 = 3m then for any value of v0 there will be 2 collisions.
(C) If m1 = 4m, m2 = m and m3 = 3m then the final speed of m 3 will be 2.5 m/s.
(D) If m1 = 4m, m2 = m and m3 = 3m then the final speed of m 2 will be 1.5 m/s.
4. The rotation of rod OA about O is defined by the relation

 
   4t 2  8t , where  and t are expressed in radians and
r
seconds, respectively. Collar B slides along the rod so that its
distance from O is r = 10 + 6 sint , where r and t are expressed in

metres and seconds, respectively. When t = 1 s, O
(A) The speed of the collar in radial direction is 6 m/s.
(B) The speed of the collar in tangential direction is 80 m/s

(C) The speed of the collar in radial direction is zero.
(D) The speed of the collar in tangential direction is zero.
5. A perfectly rough cylindrical grindstone, of radius a = 1m, is rotating with

a uniform angular acceleration about its axis, which is horizontal. If a
sphere in contact with its edge can remain with its centre at rest, The

angular acceleration of the grindstone ( in rad/s2) can be
2
(take g = 10m/s ) (There is no slipping between the sphere and the a
cylindrical grindstone) b
(A) 15
(B) 20
(C) 25
(D) 30
6. A train is travelling at a speed of v 0. Then it decelerates uniformly during a time of t to finally stop.
In one of the wagons there is a small object on the floor. The wagon long enough, so that the
object does not collide with any of the walls of the wagon.  is the distance covered by the object
on the floor (with respect to train) ,  is the coefficient of friction between the floor of the wagon
and the object.
v
(A) If 0  g,   0
t
v0 v2 gt 2
(B) If  g,   0 
t 4 g 4
v0
(C) If  g,   0
t
v0 v2 v t
(D) If  g,   0  0
t 2g 2
7. A particle is projected from a given point with a given velocity v = 10 m/s and after hitting a
smooth vertical wall returns to the point from which it started. The distance of the initial point from
2
the wall can be: (Take g = 10m/s ) :
(A) 3m
(B) 4m
(C) 4.5 m
(D) 6m
8. A long thin uniform rod lies flat on the table as shown. One end of the
rod is slowly pulled up by a force that remains perpendicular to the rod
at all times. The rod is to be brought to the vertical position without any
slipping of the bottom end? The coefficient of static friction between rod
and ground can be:
(A) 0.2
(B) 0.3
(C) 0.4
(D) 0.5
(Matching List Type)

This section contains TWO (02) List-Match Sets. Each List-Match set has TWO(02) Multiple Choice
Questions. Each List-Match set has two lists: List-I and List-II. List-I has Four entries (I), (II), (III) and
(IV) and List-II has Six entries (P), (Q), (R), (S), (T) and (U). FOUR options are given in each Multiple
Choice Question based On List-I and List-II and ONLY ONE of these four options satisfies the condition
asked in the Multiple Choice Question.
Answer the following by appropriately matching the list based on the information given in the
paragraph.
A mass of 1 kg is supported by a cord 5 m long fastened to a (25/3) m

massless ring free to move on a horizontal rod , as shown in
Figure. The coefficient of static friction between the ring and the
rod is 0.75. A second cord is fastened to the weight and passes θ
over a pulley fastened to the rod (25/3) m to the left of the ring. 5m
Block A of mass m is attached to the other end of this cord.
A m
List-I List-II
(I) Tension in the sting connected to block A in (P) 6
Newton .
(II) Tension in the 5m cord in Newton. (Q) 8
(III) The value of  is /k radians , what can be (R) 2
the possible value/s of k.
(IV) Acceleration of block A(in m/s2). (S) 0
(T) 4
(U) 12
9. If mass m is such that the ring just begins to slip. The correct match will be,
Options
(A) I  P, II  Q, III  R, IV  S
(B) I  Q, II  P, III  T, IV  S
(C) I  T, II  Q, III  R, IV  S
(D) I  U, II  Q, III  R, IV  S
10. The value of m was initially chosen so that the ring just began to slide. Now , the ring is welded to
the rod and mass of block A is increased to 5m , holding the 1kg mass . Immediately after the
system is realeased then the correct match will be,
Options
(A) I  P, II  Q, III  R, IV  T
(B) I  Q, II  P, III  T, IV  U
(C) I  T, II  U, III  R, IV  Q
(D) I  U, II  Q, III  R, IV  P
paragraph.
A solid body of mass m and radius ‘R’ is placed on a rough F

horizontal surface. When a horizontal force ‘F’ is applied to the h a
body at a height ‘h’ above the centre level, the body starts rolling 
without slipping on the horizontal surface as shown.
List –I gives the four different shapes of the given solid body and corresponding values of F and h
while List –II gives the magnitude of some quantities.
List-I List-II
R
(I) For a ring, F = 2mg, h  (P) 1
2
3R 1
(II) For a disc, F = mg, h  (Q)
4 3
5mg R 7
(III) For a hollow sphere, F  , h (R)
8 3 9
mg 3R 8
(IV) For a solid sphere, F  , h (S)
2 5 21
1
(T)
4
1
(U)
7
11. If acceleration of the ring is ‘a0’ then the acceleration of the different shapes of the body in a0 units
will be
Options
(A) I  P, II  R, III  Q, IV  S
(B) I  Q, II  P, III  S, IV  U
(C) I  P, II  T, III  R, IV  S
(D) I  T, II  Q, III  R, IV  U
12. If frictional force acting on the ring is ‘f 0’ then the frictional force acting on the different shapes of
the body in ‘f 0’ units will be
Options
(A) I  P, II  Q, III  R, IV  S
(B) I  Q, II  P, III  S, IV  U
(C) I  P, II  Q, III  T, IV  U
(D) I  T, II  Q, III  R, IV  U
SECTION – C
13. A mass of m = 1kg moves initially with a velocity of v0  10 15 m/s. A constant power P = 1000
Watt is applied so as to increase its velocity. Find the time (in sec) that elapses before the
acceleration is reduced to half of its original value.
14. A plank, of mass M = 1kg and length  = 7.2 m, is initially at rest

along a line of greatest slope of a smooth plane inclined at an angle
 = 30 to the horizontal, and a man, of mass M0 = 1kg, starting from
the upper end walks down the plank so that it does not move. Find
the time(in seconds) in which he gets to the other end of the plank .

15. A rod of length  = 2m is maintained to rotate with a constant

angular velocity  = 1 rad/s about a vertical axis passing through S
one end (fig). There is a spring of spring constant k = 1 N/m which
just encloses rod inside it in natural length. One end of the spring
is attached to axis of rotation. S is a sleeve of mass m = 0.4kg
which can just fit on the rod. All surfaces are smooth. With what
minimum kinetic energy (in J) sleeve should be projected so that it
enters on the rod without impulse and completely compresses the
spring.
16. A wedge of mass M = 10 kg and inclination  = 30 is free to m

move on a smooth horizontal plane. A uniform solid cylinder
of mass m = 20 kg is placed on the rough inclined face of the
2
wedge. Find the acceleration (in m/s ) of the centre of the M
cylinder relative to the wedge down the face. There is no

slipping between the cylinder and the wedge.
17. Rope is coiled round a drum of radius a = 1.5 m. Two wheels each of radius b = 2 m are fitted to
the ends of the drum, and the wheels and drum form a rigid body having a common axis. The
system stands on the rough horizontal surface and a free end of the rope, after passing under the
drum, is inclined at an angle of 60o to the horizontal. If a force P = 10 N be applied to the rope,
find the magnitude of acceleration (in m/s2) of centre of drum. Where mass of the system is 0.25
kg and its radius of gyration about the axis is k = 2 m.
P
0
60
a
Front view b
Side view
18. At what speed (in m/s) must a pebble be thrown from a height of h = 3.6m, and at an angle of 30o,
measured from the horizontal, if it is to hit the ground at an angle of 45o. (Air drag can be
neglected.) (Take g = 10 m/s2)
SECTION – A
19. Which is/are correct regarding alkali metals:

(A) Conductivities of alkali metal chloride in aqueous solution follows order
LiCl < NaCl < KCl < RbCl
(B) All alkali metal dissolved in liquid NH3 their solubility follows order Li < Na < K
(C) In the electrolysis of NaCl (aq) during formation of NaOH. Cl2 (g) at cathode and H2 (g) at
anode are liberated
(D) Negative value of Hof (standard enthalpy of formation) LiF > NaF > KF > RbF > CsF
20. Correct statement are


(A) In ICl4  molecular ion, Cl  I  Cl bond angle is 90o.
(B) Bond dissociation energy follows order
H – H > Cl – Cl > Br – Br
(C) Extent of overlap follows order
p–p>p–s>s–s
(D) When ether is added to the mixture of LiCl, NaCl, KCl, it is KCl which will be extracted to
the ether solution.
21. Which of the following is/are true?

(A) Titration of H3BO3 with NaOH require cis-polyhydroxy alcohol to move the reaction in
forward direction.
(B) Aqueous solution of Borax will act as buffer solution.
(C) Elemental B can be obtained by reducing the B2O3 with carbon.
(D) (BN)x is obtained when NH4Cl and Na2B4O7 is reacted at red hot temperature.
22. Select the correct statement(s):

(A) 4r 2 2 vs r plotted for a H-orbital curve contains 3 maxima and 2 angular node then
orbital will be 5d.
(B) There will be 13 electrons in Cu atom having magnetic quantum number is equal to zero.
(C) There will be minimum four atoms of hydrogen atom require during de-excitation from 4th
shell to 1st shell to cover all distinct spectral line.
(D) The value of  n    m  of last electron in Mg atom is 5.
23. 

N2 O4 
 2NO2
In above equilibrium mixture of N2O4 and NO2 at 425 K, contains N2O4 at 4 atm and NO2 at 8 atm.
Now volume of vessel becomes double at the same temperature.
(A) New pressure of N2O4 is 1.53 atm
(B) New pressure NO2 is 4.945 atm
(C) Mole percentage of N2O4 is 23.63%
(D) New pressure of NO2 is 7.26 atm
24. Which of the following statements is/are correct?

(A) Diamond is a covalent solid and co-ordination number of each carbon atom is 4.
(B) The CCP and HCP structure of a given element would have same co-ordination number
and same packing fraction.
(C) On decreasing the pressure, coordination number of CsCl decreases to that of NaCl.
+2 
(D) In fluorite structure of CaF2, Ca ion occupy tetrahedral void and F ion at CCP point.
25. Which among the following statements are not correct?

(A) CaC2 and Mg2C3 on hydrolysis gives alkyne.
(B) Be2C and Al4C3 on hydrolysis gives alkene.
(C) Linear silicones are formed by hydrolysis of monoalkyl chloro silane.
(D) In pyrosilicate two oxygen atoms is shared between two  SiO4- 
4  unit.
26. Which of the following are not true?

(A) A mixture of 2 mole of CH3COONa and 1 mol of HCl will act as buffer solution.
M
(B) 200 ml of solution of H3PO2 is completely neutralized by 100 ml of 1M Ca(OH)2
3
solution.
(C) pH of 0.5 M NaH2PO2 solution is 7.45 where pKa of H3PO2 is 1.2.
(D) NaH2PO2 is a amphoteric salt.
Match the following List-I with List-II:

LIST–I LIST–II
(I) NaCl type (AB) (P) Co-ordination number 6 : 6
(II) Antifluorite – (A2B) (Q) Co-ordination number 4 : 8
(III) Fluorite (AB2) (R) Co-ordination number 8 : 4
(IV) Diamond (S) Effective atom/ions in unit cell 8
(T) Effective atom/ions in unit cell 4
(U) Packing fraction 34%
27. Which of the following options has the correct combination considering List-I and List-II?
Options
(A) (IV), (S)
(B) (III), (Q)
(C) (II), (R)
(D) (I), (T)

LIST–I LIST–II
(I) NaCl type (AB) (P) Co-ordination 6 : 6
(II) Antifluorite – (A2B) (Q) Co-ordination 4 : 8
(III) Fluorite (AB2) (R) Co-ordination 8 : 4
(IV) Diamond (S) Effective atom/ions in unit cell 8
(T) Effective atom/ions in unit cell 4
(U) Packing fraction 34%
Options
(A) (II), (S)
(B) (I), (S)
(C) (IV), (Q)
(D) (III), (P)

LIST–I LIST–II
(I) KO2 (P) Paramagnetic
(II) K2O2 (Q) Diamagnetic
(III) K2O (R) Aqueous alkaline solution
(IV) KO3 (S) CO2 absorber and O2 releaser
(T) Coloured
(U) Used as breathing mask in submarine
Options
(A) (I), (Q)
(B) (II), (P)
(C) (I), (U)
(D) (IV), (S)

LIST–I LIST–II
(I) KO2 (P) Paramagnetic
(II) K2O2 (Q) Diamagnetic
(III) K2O (R) Aqueous alkaline solution
(IV) KO3 (S) CO2 absorber and O2 releaser
(T) Coloured
(U) Used as breathing mask in submarine
Options
(A) (IV), (Q)
(B) (I), (T)
(C) (III), (S)
(D) (III), (P)
SECTION – C
31. Balance the chemical reaction given below:

xMn NO3 2  yKOH  S  K 2MnO4  K 2SO 4  NO  zH2O
xyz
Find
10
32. An inorganic mixture containing 0.5 mole of PCl3 and 0.5 mol of PCl5 was dissolved in excess of
water. Find the number of moles of NaOH required to neutralized this solution.
33. RH2 (ion exchange resin) can replace Ca+2 in water. If 1 litre of water is passed in ion exchange
resin and pH of solution found to be 5.
+2
Find hardness of water in ppm scale in term of Ca .
34. One millimole of CO2 is absorbed in 200 ml of 0.1 M NaOH. If the resulting solution is titrated with
HCl using phenolphthalein as indicator, find millimole of HCl required when indicator changes it’s
colour.
35. For the reaction



A  g  
 B  g  C  g
Average vapour density of mixture is 83.33. If molar mass of A, B and C are 100, 60 and 40 g.
Find the number of moles of B formed at equilibrium starting with one mole of A.
M
36. 49 gram of a sample of oleum containing 20% free SO3 was neutralized by NaOH . The
10
volume of NaOH in litre require for neutralization is
SECTION – A
1 1
1 x2 2
37. Let f be a continuous function on [0, 1] such that  f  t  dt  2
 x  [0, 1], then f  t  dt is
x 0
always greater than or equal to
1
(A)
3
1
(B)
4
4
(C)
19
3
(D)
10
1 nk k
  f  x   dx  n
1/k
38. The number of function(s) f: [0, 1]  R such that  k  {1, 2, 3, ....., n – 1},
0
where n is an odd integer greater than 1, is
(A) 1
(B) 2
(C) 5
(D) 7
39. Let f: R  R be a thrice differentiable function such that f(x), f(x), f(x) and f(x) are positive
 x  R. Moreover, f(x) < f(x)  x  R, then
(A) f(x) < 2f(x)  x  R
1
 3 3
(B) f  x     f  x  x  R
2
5
(C) f  x   f x   x  R
2
(D) f(x) < 3f(x)  x  R
40. If y(x) be the solution of the differential equation y·y = 2x(y)2 given y(0) = –4, y(0) = 1, then
(A) y(1) = e4
(B) y(2) = e8/3
(C) y(x)  (0, ) – {e2}
(D) y(x)  (0, ) – {e3}
41. Let f: [0, 1]  R be continuously differentiable function and

1
f  0   f 1
  f  x  dx   max f   x  , then  can be
2 0
x  0, 1
1
(A)
4
1
(B)
2
3
(C)
10
(D) 1
ex  ex 2
42. If  ecx  x  R, then c can be
2
1
(A)
2
1
(B)
2
1
(C)
e
(D) 1
43. Which of the following are INCORRECT?

–1 3  
(A) f(x) = {sin x} cos x (cos cos x) is not differentiable at 2n,  2n   and (2n + 1),
 2
n  Z (where {.} represents fractional part function)
(B) f(x) = |(x – 1)(x – 2)(x – 3)||sin x| is not differentiable at 3 points in x  [0, 4]
(C) f(x) = ||x – 2| – |x – 8|| – 3|x – 5|3 + 8x + 1 + cos(|x – 8|) not differentiable at 3 points
(D) f(x) = (x2 – 3x + 2)3/5 sin(x2 – 2x) is not differentiable at x = 1
a
44. Let f: [0, 1]  R be a continuous function, differentiable on (0, 1) such that  f  x  dx  0 for some
0
a  (0, 1), then
a
1 a
(A)  f  x  dx  max f   x 
2 0  x 1
0
1
1 a
(B)  f  x  dx  max f   x 
2 0 x 1
0
1
1 a
(C)  f  x  dx  max f   x  for some function f(x)
2 0 x 1
0
(D) none of the other options is correct
 x 4n  1
MM-I. Let f1  x   lim  x  1 4n ;
n   x  1
 2x  1 
f2  x   x cos2    ; (where {.} denotes fractional part function x);
 2 
 x 2  x 3 ; x is irrational
f3  x    ;
 0 ; x is rational
0 ; x is irrational

f4  x    1 m
 n ; x is rational number of the form x  n in lowest terms with m, n  0
LIST–I LIST–II
(I) f 1(x) is discontinuous at (P) –1
(II) f 2(x) is discontinuous at (Q) 0
(III) f 3(x) is discontinuous at (R) 1
(IV) f 4(x) is discontinuous at (S) 2
(T) 2
(U) 3
45. Which of the following is the only INCORRECT combination?

(A) (I), (P)
(B) (IV), (S)
(C) (IV), (R)
(D) (IV), (T)
46. Which of the following is the only CORRECT combination?

(A) (II), (P)
(B) (III), (T)
(C) (III), (Q)
(D) (IV), (U)
MM-II. List-I represents equations and List-II represents number of positive real roots of the
corresponding equations
LIST–I LIST–II
3 3
3
(I) (x – x + 1) – x + x = 0 (P) 0
6 4 3 2
(II) x – x + 2x – x + 1 = 0 (Q) 1
3
1 1 1
(III)    x5  0 (R) 2
x 1 x  2 x  3
(IV) x4 – 2x = 0 (S) 3
(T) 4
(U) 5

(A) (I), (P)
(B) (I), (T)
(C) (III), (T)
(D) (III), (R)

(A) (IV), (R)
(B) (IV), (Q)
(C) (II), (Q)
(D) (II), (R)
SECTION – C
49. Let f(x) be a differentiable function with a continuous derivative  x  R. If f(1) = 2 and f(2) = 5
and f(x) takes only rational values, then f(3) + f(0) is equal to
50. If f(x) is a function with a continuous third derivative on [0, 2] such that
f(0) = f(0) = f(0) = f(2) = f(2) = 0 and f(2) = 2, then minimum number of value(s) of c  [0, 2]
such that f(c)  6 is
2
51. Let f: (0, )  R be a twice differentiable function such that |f(x) + 2xf(x) + (x + 1)f(x)|  2
 x  R and lim  xf  x   f   x    5 , then lim f  x  is equal to
x  x 
 1
52. Let f: R  R be a continuous function  x  R such that f  x   f  x 2   and f(0) = 0, then
 4
 1
f    is equal to
 4
53. Let f(x) be a three times differentiable function (defined on R) such that f(x) has at least five
distinct real zeroes, then number of distinct real zeroes of f(x) + 6f(x) + 12f(x) + 8f(x) is/are
k
n 1
 k  n2
54. lim   2  is equal to
k 1  n 
n 
FIITJEE
PART TEST – I
JEE (Main)-2019-20
TEST DATE: 9-11-2019

Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. B
Sol. Particle will be at Hmax at t = 2

20  20 H(12, 16, 20)
Hmax   20m z
2  10
 ˆ r  20 2 y
r  12iˆ  16ˆj  20k;
H

v H  6iˆ  8 ˆj
(0, 0, 0) x
 
 r  v 160iˆ  120ˆj 1 3 ˆ
 2  2
=  î  j
5 20
r 20 2  
2. B
Sol. Force when applied parallel to plane will have minimum magnitude. Fmin
Torque about P;
F(2r) = mg sin  r
mgsin   fmax
 Fmin  .…(i) P
2 mg
Also, F + f max = mg sin  ….(ii) 
tan  3
  
2 8
AITS-PT-I-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Main)/20 2
3. C
Sol. Coordinates of P [(R sin 2 , – R (1 – cos 2)]

1 x2
y  x tan  90     g
2 ucos  90     2
 
cos  1 R2 sin2 2 u
R 1  cos 2   R sin2  g
sin  2 u2 sin2  (0, 0) 90  
1 R4 sin2  cos2  P
2sin2   2cos2   g 2
2 u2 sin2  R
2gR cos2 
 2  u  gR cos 
u2
4. D
Sol. Particle will describe a parabolic path as shown y

After long time Rmax  
R
 min = 0.
Rmax v = 20 m/s
O
60 P
a = 5 m/s2
x
5. B
Sol. Till first sand particle touches lower compartment of hourglass, weight will decrease, then it
becomes constant, when last sand particle leave upper compartment it increases.
6. C
Sol. aQ  aP
3gsin r 4
 gsin 
 3
4
 r
9
7. A
Mw 2
Sol. MI of door about hinge :
3 Masin
Using :   I Ma 
w Mw 2
Ma   cos    Ma cos  hinge
2 3
3 a
 cos 
2w
d 3 a
  cos 
d 2 w
3 AITS-PT-I-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Main)/20
3a
 2  sin 
w
For circular motion of CM of door;
w
RH  Ma sin   M2  
2
3 5 125
 RH  Ma sin   Ma sin   Ma sin   sin 
2 2 2
8. C
Sol. Use the definition of kinematics variables.
9. A
 u
Sol. v in sec t  (u  gt)jˆ , v  0 at t 
g
u/ g u/g
u2
 y max 2 

0
vdt  
0
(u  gt)dt 
2g
10. B
v sin   rh A
Sol. A/B  C/B   20 2
CB (x  h ) C
v cos 
 B
v
v sin 
11. B
Sol. mv0  (M  m)v

mv 0
v 
Mm
L(M  m)
t  t0 
mv 0
12. D
 1 1 v1 v1
Sol. 2mg  (2m)v 2  2  mv12 …(i)
2 2 2 30
v1 cos 30 = v cos 60 …(ii) 60
3g
Solving v 
4
v
13. B
Sol. v = R …(i) y
2
v
mv
mg sin  = …(ii)
R
for motion after separation
2V  mg
T …(iii)
gcos  O
2
1  2V 
2R  gsin    …(iv)
2  gcos   x
2
cos 
gR  Rgsin     45
sin 
g g
 2R  or =
2 2R
14. B

Sol. v(t)  2iˆ  (4t)jˆ
 tan  = 2t
d 2 2
  rad / sec (at t  2 sec)
dt sec 2  17
15. B
Sol. Centre of mass of wedge and ball will not shift in x-y plane
Let wedge displacement be xiˆ  yjˆ

S  ( R cos )iˆ  Rjˆ
r
 m (x  Rcos )iˆ  (y  R)jˆ  M(xiˆ  yj)

ˆ 0
 
mRcos  mR
x ; y
m M m M
 1 2
S w  î  ˆj
5 5
16. C
mv 2 v
Sol. T cos  
R
T
TRcos 
 v  10 m/s
m 0.6m 1m
m
17. A
F0
Sol. a= cos t F
m
F
v  0 sin t
m (/4)
 P
 peak power at t = .
4
Ratio of power is 1
 /2
(/8) (3/8) t
Also 
0
(F  mg)dt  mv
F g
v 0 
m  2
18. D
Sol. T sin  = ma …(i) N1 T

mg  T cos  = ma a 
mg mg N2
T  ( = 45)
sin   cos  2 
T a
mg mg
Bead A Bead B
19. B
r
  f  2  
Sol. 
Wext  Fext dr   3  2
r
r r   dr

i
r0
  
  2  
 r r  2r
0
3 
Wext   
4r02 2r0
2
Also, at equilibrium; F = 0  r0 =

2 32 2
 Wext   2

4 4  4a 16
20. A
Sol. Fcos   f = maC …(ii)
f(2R)  FR  2mR2  …(ii) F sin 
aC = 2R …(iii)
F F
 f = 1  cos    always leftward.
3

F cos 
SECTION – B
21. 5
Sol. A and B can swipe their position by walking clockwise / anticlockwise M

A
For max : A should turn 120 (clockwise) while B should turn
240(clockwise) 120 2M
Conserving angular momentum about C: B
4MR2
MR2 (120  )  2MR2 (240  )  ()  0
2
  = 120
For min : A should turn 120 clockwise, B should turn 120
anticlockwise
120
min 
5
max
 5
min
22. 1
Sol. For tmin, striker should be shot perpendicular to line AB

AB  (3  7)2  (4  1)2  5 m
1 1  
  h  AB  | OA  OB |
2 2
î ˆj kˆ
5h 1
 3 4 0
2 2
7 1 0
h=5m
 tmin = 5/5 = 1 sec
SECTION – C
23. 00004.33
Sol. From triangle; y

5 3
R = 5 cos 30 = A=5
2
R
B
30
x
24. 00006.80
Sol. f max = 0.25  4  10 = 10 N fk/F

Net impulse is zero in 11 sec
25
 If = IF
1 10
  8  Fmax  100
2 t1 11
Fmax = 25N 2 t2 8 t(sec)
From similar triangle 10
25 10
  t1  5 sec
t1 2
Block will acquire Vmax at t = t2 where
25 10
  t  6.8 sec
3   t2  2
8
25. 00001.35
2 N N
Sol. Given : (1  cos )  0.2
2
r 2
 cos  = 0.8 m r
From FBD of dust particle: R
 mg
N = mg cos   m2r sin …(i)
N = mg sin  + m2r cos  …(ii)
gsin   2r cos 
  = 1.35
gcos   2r sin 
SECTION – A
26. A
Sol. O OH
O O
O
I I
O O
O
OH O
27. C
Sol. Zn  906 kJ mol1

Ga  579 kJ mol1
Ge  761 kJ mol1
As  947 kJ mol1
28. D
Sol. C2 12   actual  1s2 * 1s2 2s2  * 2s2 2p2x  2p2y

Diamagnetic
If s – p is not operational.
1s2  * 1s22s2 * 2s2 2p 2z 2p1x  2p1y
paramagnetic
29. D
Sol. 

A  g   2B  g  
 AB2  g
Kc 
1

 AB2 
2  A B 2
1  AB2 
   AB2  4 moles
2 2  2 2
Now, B = 4 moles
Let y moles of AB2 is added.
1 4  y

2 2   4 2
 y  12
30. D
31. C
1
Sol.  H  e 
H2 
2
Takes B.E. for dissociation to H and then oxidizes slow.
Fact by NCERT.
32. A
Sol. ng  0 in I and III.

 Same moles at equilibrium as before.
33. D
Sol.  
Na  Liq. NH3  Na  NH3  x    e NH3  x 
x  y
Blue coloured and paramagnetic in nature.
34. C
Sol. O=C=C=C=O
→ Linear
→ Optically inactive
→ 4,4  and 4 lone pair.
35. C
Sol. E.N. , more polarity.
36. B
37. A
Sol. If T2 > T1
At high E → Intensity increases and  decreases.
(Reference – NCERT)
38. C
Sol. 
S8  s   12 OH  aq   4S 2  aq  2S2O32  aq   6H2O   
 2  2 
39. B
Sol. Both d-orbitals have axial overlapping in same phase forming  bonds.
40. C
Sol. For exothermic reaction, increase in temperature decreases yield.
41. D
42. C
Sol. Al reacts with both acid and base to liberate H2.
43. D
r  Cs
Sol. (A)  0.732 .
r  Cl
(B) High temperature decreases coordination temperature.
(C) LiCl has pink colour.
44. D
45. C
Sol. egH  O  141

S  200
Se  195
 S  Se  O
SECTION – B
46. 1
Sol. Double dumb shell confirms the graph touches x-axis only once.
1 node.
47. 7
Sol. 4Ca5 PO 4 3 F  18SiO2  30 C 

 3P4  2CaF2  18CaSiO3  30 CO
SECTION – C
48. 00006.67
Sol. After mixing [AgCN] = 0.01 M, [HCN] = 0.01 M



HCN  
 H  CN

Ka


 AgCN  s 
Ag  CN  1 / K sp
Ka


 H  AgCN  s 
Ag  HCN  
K  2.25  106
K sp
0.01 0.01  
x x 0.01  x 0.01  x
0.01  x
K since x is small w.r.t. 0.01
x2
0.01
K
x2
 x  6.6  10 5 M   Ag 
49. 00000.71
3a 3
Sol. Nearest in BCC ; Next to next nearest  a in FCC
2 2
3a  2 1
Ratio    0.71
2  3a 2
50. 00001.30
Sol. (Oxalic) N1V1 = N2V2 (KMnO4)

M × 40 × 2 = 0.05 × 16 × 5
0.05  16  5
M   0.05
40  2
pH = - log (0.05)
=1.3
SECTION – A
51. B
1 1
3
Sol. log    log 1  x 3  dx  log2  3   3
dx = log 2 – 3 + 3
0 0 1 x
52. A
Sol. Put x + cos  = sin  tan 

x cos   1
 3
dx =   cot  sin   cos   d = –cot  cos  + sin  + c
 x 2  2x cos   1 2
x
= c
2
x  2x cos   1
53. D
 1
x 1 ; 0  x 1

 2
Sol. f  x   ; 1  x  2 f(x) is discontinuous and bijective function
 x
 3 5
 ; 2x
x 1 2
1
lim f  x   ; lim f  x   2 and f(1) = 2
x 1 2 x 1
54. D
2 2
Sol. f(2a + a + 1) < f(3a – 4a + 1)
 2a2 + a + 1 > 3a2 – 4a + 1
 a  (0, 5)
1
Also, 2a2 + a + 1 > 0 and 3a2 – 4a + 1 > 0, we get a  or a > 1
3
 1
So, a   0,   1, 5 
 3
55. C
Sol. f(xy + 1) = f(x) f(y) – f(y) – x + 2 ..... (1)

f(xy + 1) = f(x) f(y) – f(x) y + 2 ..... (2)
Thus, f(x) + y = f(y) + x
Put y = 0, we get f(x) = x + 1
56. C
y  cos 
Sol. Let the point of contact be (, cos ), then   sin 
x
 –cot  = , then, we get a = 1
57. D
Sol. 1+a+b=0
c–1=0c=1
dy
Also,  c  2x = –1
dx x 1
dy
 2x  a  1
dx x 1
 a = –3; b = 2
Area bounded by y = x2 + ax + b with x-axis
2 2
 x 3 3x 2  1
   x  3x  2  dx  
2
  2x  
1
 3 2  1 6
58. D
x
dt
Sol. Let f  x    x
4  t2  t 3
0
1
fx   1  0  x  (0, 1)
4  x 2  x3
 f(x) is decreasing in (0, 1)
Also, f(0) = 0
 f(x) < 0  x  (0, 1)
 No solution
59. B
Sol. Let first x1 elements of set A maps with b1 and next x2 elements maps with b2 and so on last x50
elements maps with b50
 x1 + x2 + ..... + x50 = 100
99
Number of positive integral solutions = C49
60. C
Sol. lim x x  1
x 0 
61. B
Sol. Put y = x, we get 2f(x) + (f(x))2 = 1

Differentiate w.r.t to x, we get 2f(x) + 2f(x)f(x) = 0
 f(x) (1 + f(x)) = 0
 f(x) = 0, because f(x) > 0
62. D

 xloga n
Sol. f  x    ex log a  a x
n 0 n!
f  x   a x always continuous and differentiable
63. A
cos  n2  n   1 cos n   n2  n 

n
Sol.
1
lim n  n2  n  
n  2

lim cos   n2  n    1 cos  0
n
n  2
64. B
Sol. ‘ / ‘ is reflexive since every natural number is a factor of itself

‘ / ‘ is transitive. If n is a factor of m and m is a factor of P, then surely n is a factor of P
‘ / ‘ is not symmetric, for example 2 is a factor of 4 but 4 is not a factor of 2
65. D
Sol. f(3x) – f(x) = x

x
 Replace x by , we get
3
x x
f  x  f   
3 3
x x x
f f  
3 9 9
..........................
..........................
 x   x  x
f  n1   f  n   n
3  3  3
 x  1 1 1 
Adding, we get f  x   f  n   x    ..... 
3   3 9 27 
 x  x
lim f  x   f  n  
n  3  2
x
P  x 
2
66. D

dx
Sol. I  1 x3 1  x2  ..... (1)
0
1
Put x =
t

x3
I  1 x3 1  x2  dx ..... (2)
0
Adding equation (1) and (2), we get

dx 
2I   2

0 1 x
2

I
4
67. A
1 1
Sol. f x  4
 2
2 x 1
x  f x
x x
dx
  f   x    1  x2
1 1

 f  x   tan1 x   f 1
4

 f  x   tan1 x  1 
4
68. A
2
 2  t 2 1  1 1  3t 2 3
Sol. I t     x     x   2    dx   2 3
1
 4 t  4t 2t   8 4t
69. D
Sol. lim f  2x 3  x 2   lim f  x   24

x 0 x0
lim f  x  x 6 2   lim f  x   3
x 0 x 0 
=8
70. B
Sol. 2(F(x) – f(x)) = f 2(x)

dF
and  f x
dx
F  x   f   x  1  f  x  
f  x
 f x 
1 f  x 
lim f  x   
x 
As f(x) is increasing surjective function
f  x
lim 1
x  x
SECTION – B
71. 3
Sol. The frequency of ai = 1 is the same as that of ai = 0 for 1  i  n – 1 and an = 1, then

1  1 1 1  1
Sn   2n1     .....  n1   2n1  n
2  10 102 10  10
S 1  1  1  1
lim n  lim  1  n1   n  
n  T n   18  10  10  18
n
72. 6
8
Sol. Area bounded by y2 = 4x and y = mx is
3m3
8 2
 3
9  m
3m 3
SECTION – C
73. 00012.00
2
Sol. f(x) = 12x + 6ax + 27  0
 a  [–6, 6]
74. 00004.25
Sol. f(x) = a – 2 sin 2x + cos x – sin x = a + 2(cos x – sin x)2 + (cos x – sin x) – 2
17
Minimum values of 2(cos x – sin x)2 + (cos x – sin x) – 2 is 
8
17
So, a   0 for increasing function
8
17
 a
8
75. 00009.00
1 2
 x4  x2   1
Sol.   9   3  f  x  
  dx 
 45
0
1
x2 1
 f x    f  x  dx  9
3 0
FIITJEE
PART TEST – I
JEE (Main)-2019-20
TEST DATE: 9-11-2019
 Each part has only three sections: Section-A, Section-B and Section-C.
Section-A (01 – 20, 26 – 45, 51 – 70) contains 60 multiple choice questions which have only one
correct answer. Each question carries +4 marks for correct answer and –1 mark for wrong
answer.
Section-B (21 – 22, 46 – 47, 71 – 72) contains 6 Numerical based questions with answer as
numerical value from 0 to 9 and each question carries +4 marks for correct answer. There is no
negative marking.
Section-C (23 – 25, 48 – 50, 73 – 75) contains 9 Numerical answer type questions with answer
AITS-PT-I-PCM-JEE(Main)/20 2
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A


1. For a particle projected with initial velocity u  6iˆ  8ˆj  20kˆ , find angular velocity of the particle

about the point of projection, at t = 2 sec. (Given g  10kˆ )
1ˆ 3 ˆ
(A) i j
5 20
1 3 ˆ
(B)  î  j
5 20
2ˆ 3 2ˆ
(C) i j
5 20
2ˆ 3 2ˆ
(D) i j
5 20
2. A solid cylinder of mass ‘m’ is kept stationary on a fixed incline of 37, by F

applying a force tangentially as shown in the figure. Calculate the minimum
coefficient of friction that the surface must have in order to achieve r
equilibrium of the cylinder by applying a force of minimum magnitude.
37
3
(A)
4
3
(B)
8
3
(C)
16
(D) none of these
3. For what value of initial speed u, a projectile launched at  (from the u

vertical) from the top point of a hemisphere will land at 2 angular 
position(from the vertical) on the hemisphere as shown in the figure.
R 2
(A) gR cot 
cos2 
(B) gR
sin 
(C) gR cos 
(D) Not possible
3 AITS-PT-I-PCM-JEE(Main)/20
4. A particle moving in space with a velocity 20 m/s along positive v = 20 m/s

x-axis starts experiencing a constant acceleration at t = 0 as
Rmin x
150
shown in the figure. The minimum value of the ratio ,
Rmax
2
where Rmin/Rmax is the minimum and maximum radius of a = 5 m/s
curvature of the particle’s trajectory for any t > 0 is
1
(A)
8
1
(B)
6
1
(C)
5
(D) none of these
5. An hour glass containing sand is kept on a weighing scale. At t = 0, sand

starts falling from upper compartment to lower compartment at constant
rate. How will the reading of scale look like when plotted against time.
(A) W
t
(B) W
t
(C) W
t
(D) W
6. A rod of length ‘’ and cylinder of radius ‘r’ is kept on an incline plane P
as shown in the figure. The rod is pivoted, while the cylinder can roll r
without slipping. A light string PQ attaches top of cylinder to some Q
point on the rod such that it is parallel to the incline. The minimum
value of radius of cylinder to ensure that the string is taut when the 

system is released from rest is
2
(A) 
5
21
(B) 
50
4
(C) 
9
(D) none of these
7. A truck has its side door initially open as shown. The Initial position
dimension of the door is 2m  3m (W  ) and its mass is of side door
M = 5 kg. At t = 0, the truck starts moving with uniform
acceleration a = 5 m/sec2 as shown in figure (top view).  W = 2m
At any time t, if the door makes angle  with its initial
position, then the component of force exerted by hinge
on the door along its width is
Truck
Top view
125
(A) sin 
2
(B) 250 sin 
(C) 75 sin 
(D) none of these

8. For a particle moving in space with velocity v , which of the following is incorrect.
 
dv d | v |
(A) 
dt dt
t t
 
(B) 
0
| v |dt   v  dt
0
t2
 
(C) 
v  | a | dt
t1
  
d | v | dv  v 
(D)   
dt dt  v 
9. A stick of length L is dropped from rest. At same instant, an insect starts moving
up the stick with a constant speed u relative to the stick. The maximum height
attained by the insect from its initial position with respect to the ground is
L
u2
(A)
2g
u2
(B)
g
2u2
(C)
g
(D) none
10. In the arrangement shown, a bar AB is connected A

through a rotating drum via a massless string x
which is attached to the end B of the bar. The
portion of the rod near end A rests on a horizontal
surface. The drum rotates with a uniform angular h
speed 0. The angular speed of bar AB at given
position is
B
0
r
0rx
(A)
x 2  h2
0rh
(B)
(x 2  h2 )
0rh
(C)
x 2  h2
0rx
(D)
(x 2  h2 )
11. A car of mass m is initially at rest on a boat of mass M and is tied to

the shore as shown. The car starts accelerating from rest at t = 0 and m
acquires a velocity v0 in time t0. At t = t0, the car applies brake and L
comes to rest relative to the boat in no time. Neglect friction between
the boat and the water. The time ‘t’ in which the boat strikes the wall M
is
1
(A) t0 
v0
L(M  m)
(B) t0 
mv 0
LM
(C)
mv 0
(D) none of these
12. Two small rings of mass ‘m’ each are contained to move on m m
smooth wire. The rings are connected to a block of mass ‘2m’ via
massless strings of length ‘’ each. Initially, the system is held at
 2m 
rest as shown. The velocity of block when string makes 60 with
the vertical is
(A) 2g
3g
(B)
5
g
(C)
5
3g
(D)
4
13. A spinning drum of radius ‘R’ with its axis parallel to the ground, carries 
dust particles deposited on its inner surface. Find minimum angular
speed with which drum be rotated so that a dust particle separating
from the drum may fall at its diametrical opposite position in space.
Assume, sufficient friction present to prevent any relative slipping of 
dust particle on the drum. O
g
(A)
2R
g
(B)
2R
g
(C)
4R
(D) None of these

14. A particle moves in xy plane. The position vector of particle at any time t is r  (2t)iˆ  (2t 2 )jˆ m.  
The rate of change of  at t = 2 sec, where  is the angle made by the velocity vector from the
positive x-axis, is
1
(A) rad/sec
14
2
(B) rad/sec
17
4
(C) rad/sec
7
6
(D) rad/sec
5
15. A circular groove PQM of radius R is cut in an inclined

plane as shown. A small ball of mass m is released form P.
The magnitude of the displacement of wedge by the time P x
Q
ball reaches M is ( = 60, R = 1m, m = 2kg, M = 3kg) 
y M O
(A) 5m
1
(B) m
5
17
(C) m
5
(D) none of these
16. A man is rotating a stone of mass 10 kg tied at the end of a light rope in a circle of radius 1m. To
do this, he continuously moves his hand in a circle of radius 0.6 m. Assume, both circular motions
to be occurring in the same horizontal plane. What is the maximum speed with which he can
throw the stone, if he can exert a pull not exceeding 1250 N on the string.
(A) 10 2 m/s
(B) 5 5 m/s
(C) 10 m/s
(D) 20 m/s
17. A man of mass m while jumping up in the air applies a force F = F0 cos t on the ground.

Assume, that he remains in contact with the ground from t = 0 to t = sec.
2
   F
(A) Velocity of man during take off  t   is less than 0
 2  m
(B) Man is producing peak power at the instant of take off.
(C) The average power produced by man is zero.
 3
(D) The ratio of power produced at t = and t  is more than 1.
8 8
18. Two beads A and B of equal mass ‘m’ are connected by a light string. A
The beads are positioned to move on a smooth ring in a vertical plane
as shown in the figure. The tension in the string just after release is
(A) 2 mg
mg
(B)
2
mg
(C)
4
mg
(D)
2
19. A particle A is fixed at the origin of a fixed coordinate system. B is another particle that
  2   
experiences a force F    3  2  rˆ due to particle A, where r is the position vector of B with
 r r 
respect to A. Find the work done in moving particle B slowly from P1  2r0 , 2r0  to point
 r r 
P2  0 , 0  by an external agent, where r0 is the equilibrium position of the particle.
 2 2
92
(A)
64
2
(B)
16
2
(C) 
16
92
(D) 
64
20. A spool of mass ‘m’ has inner and outer radius R and 2R
respectively. A thread is wound on the inner disc and its free
end is pulled with a force F at an angle  with the horizontal in
the direction as shown in the figure. Assume no slipping F
2
condition for thread and the spool and Icm = 2mR , then R
2R
(A) For 0    90, frictional force acts leftward only.

(B) For 0    60, it acts leftward and for 60    90 it acts rightward.
(C) For a certain  between 0 and 90 friction becomes zero.
(D) none of these
SECTION – B
(Single digit integer type)
This section contains 02 questions. The answer to each question is a single Digit integer ranging from 0
to 9, both inclusive.
21. Two men A and B of mass M and 2M are standing 120 apart on a circular platform of mass 4M
and radius R. The platform is free to rotate about its centre, while men are standing at periphery.
Now men interchange their position with respect to disc by walking along periphery only. If 
represents magnitude of angle rotated by platform with respect to the ground, find the ratio
max
.
 min
22. A(3 m, 4 m) and B(7 m, 1 m) are two coins on a carrom board. The y A (3, 4)
striker is placed at origin O. If the striker can be shot with a speed of
5 m/sec, then find the minimum time (in sec) taken by striker to v B (7, 1)
become collinear with coin A and B.
O
(0, 0) x
SECTION – C
   
23. The resultant of two vectors A  5iˆ and B is R . The direction of R is such that it makes an
  
angle with the positive x-axis in anticlockwise sense. Find the magnitude of R when B has
6
minimum magnitude. (Take 3  1.732 )
24. A block of mass m = 4 kg is kept on a rough surface of  = 0.25. m

At t = 0, an external force F(t) that varies linearly with time starts F(t)
acting on the block. The force acts for a duration of 8 sec only and
F(t = 8) = 0 N. If the block starts moving at t = 2 sec and finally

stops at t = 11 sec, then find the time (in sec) instant when
velocity acquired by the block is maximum.
25. A hemisphere of radius R = 0.5 m is rotated with a uniform angular 

dust
speed  = 10 rad/sec for some time. The hemisphere is then stopped
and it was found that only 20% of its top surface area remained covered
with dust particles. Find the coefficient of friction between the particles
and the hemisphere.
SECTION – A

4
26. The geometry around each iodine in dinuclear anion I2  OH2 O8  is:
(A) Octahedral
(B) Monocapped octahedral
(C) Square pyramidal
(D) Pentagonal bipyramidal
27. Amongst Zn, Ga, Ge and As the element with the lowest first I.E. is:
(A) As
(B) Zn
(C) Ga
(D) Ge
28. The magnetic property of which molecule changes if we assume s – p mixing is not operational
for all given molecules:
(A) N2
(B) F2
(C) O2
(D) C2
1
29. 

Consider the following reversible reaction; A  g   2B  g  
 AB2  g Kc  .
2
The above equilibrium is established in a 1 L flask and at equilibrium 2 moles of each A and B are
present. If 2.0 moles of B are added further how many moles of AB2 should be added so that
moles of A does not change?
(A) 6
(B) 8
(C) 10
(D) 12
30. During titration of acetic acid with aq. NaOH solution, the neutralization graph has a vertical line.
This line indicates:
pH
V
(A) Neutral nature at equivalence point
(B) Acidic nature at equivalence point
(C) Depends on experimental proceedings
(D) Alkaline nature at equivalence point
31. Which is the poorest reducing agent?

(A) Nascent hydrogen
(B) Atomic hydrogen
(C) Dihydrogen
(D) All have same reducing strength
32. For which of the following reactions, the degree of dissociation cannot be calculated from the V.D.
data:
I. 

2HI  g  
 H2  g  I2  g 
II. 

2NH3  g  
 N2  g   3H2  g 
III. 

2NO  g  
 N2  g   O2  g 
IV. 

PCl5  g  
 PCl3  g   Cl2  g
(A) I and III
(B) II and IV
(C) I and II
(D) III and IV
33. On dissolving moderate amount of sodium metal in liquid NH3 at low temperature, which of the
following does not occur?
(A) Blue coloured solution is obtained.
+
(B) Na ions reformed in the solution.
(C) Liquid ammonia solution becomes good conductor of electricity.
(D) Liquid ammonia solution becomes diamagnetic.
34. Consider the following statements about carbon suboxide

I. It is a linear molecule.
II. It is an optically active cumulene.
III. The total number of  bonds,  bonds and lone pair in the compound are 12.
The correct statement is/are:
(A) I and II
(B) II and III
(C) I and III
(D) All of the above
35. In the compound M – O – H, the M – O bond will be broken if:

(A) E.N. of M and O < E.N. of O and H
(B) E.N. of M and O = E.N. of O and H
(C) E.N. of M and O > E.N. of O and H
(D) Cannot be predicted by E.N. data
36. Choose the INCORRECT statement:

(A) Amorphous solids are short range orders
(B) Amorphous solids are anisotropic in nature
(C) Crystalline solids have definite heat of fusion
(D) Crystalline solids are true solids
37. The correct observed curve for a backbody at different temperature representing intensity
wavelength relation is: (T2 > T1)
(A) T2
I
T1

(B)
T2
T1

(C) T1
I T2

(D)
T1
I
T2
38. The oxidation state of sulphur in the product/(s) of the reaction of S8 in basic medium is/are:
(A) +2 and +6
(B) - 2 and +6
(C) - 2 and +2
(D) - 2 only.
39. The orbital overlapping in the figure results in:
(A) d – d  antibonding
(B) d – d  bonding
(C) d – d  antibonding
(D) d – d  bonding
1
40. The preparation of SO3(g) by reaction SO2  g   

O 2  g  
 SO3  g  is an exothermic
2
reaction following temperature – pressure relationship for its % yield, for temperatures (T1, T2 and
T3) the correct option is:
T3
T2
T1
% yield
Pressure
(A) T3 > T2 > T1

(B) T1 = T2 = T3
(C) T1 > T2 > T3
(D) Not enough information.
41. The existence of a solid compound in more than one modification is known as:
(A) Isomorphism
(B) Allotropy
(C) Amorphism
(D) Polymorphism
42. The INCORRECT statement amongst the following is:

(A) Boron has unusually high melting point due to strong crystalline lattice.
(B) In group 13, the compound with +1 O.S. are more ionic than with +3.
(C) Aluminium dissolves in dil. HCl to liberate H2 whereas H2 is not liberated when it reacts
with NaOH.
3
(D) Aluminium chloride in acidified aqueous solution forms  Al H2 O 6  ion.
43. Pick out the correct statement:

r  Cs
(A)  0.536 .
r  Cl
(B) High temperature increases coordination number.
(C) Presence of excess Li+ in LiCl develops violet colouration.
(D) Greater is the number of F-centres, greater is the intensity of colour developed.
44. The INCORRECT order is:

(A) Covalent character: PbCl2 > CaCl2 > SrCl2 > BaCl2
(B) Thermal stability: PbF4 > PbCl4 > PbBr4 > PbI4
(C) Melting point: KF > KCl > KBr > KI
(D) Boiling point: CHCl3 > CH3Cl > CCl4
45. The correct graph representing the electron gain enthalpy of chalcogens is: ( egH is released
energy)
(A)
e gH
O S Se
(B)
egH
O S Se
(C)
Heg
O S Se
(D)
Heg
O S Se
SECTION – B
46. The radial distribution curve of the orbital with double dumbshell shape in the fourth principal shell
consists of ‘n’ nodes, n is:
47. After balancing the given reaction:

Ca5 PO 4 3 F  SiO 2  C  aP4  bCaF2  cCaSiO3  dCO
The value of [d – (a + b + c)] is:
SECTION – C
48. Equal volumes of 0.02 M AgNO3 and 0.02 M HCN were mixed. If [Ag+] at equilibrium is x × 10-5,
-10 -16
calculate x. Take Ka(HCN) = 9 × 10 and Ksp(AgCN) = 4 × 10 .
49. The ratio of distances of nearest neighbours in BCC lattice by next to next nearest in FCC lattice
is:
50. The concentration of oxalic acid is ‘X’ mol L– 1. 40 ml of this solution react with 16 mL of 0.05 M
acidified KMnO4. What is the pH of ‘X’ M solution? Assume oxalic acid dissociates completely:
(log2 = 0.3010).
SECTION – A

1
 n 3 3 n
1   n  r  
dx
51. Let    3
,   lim  r 1 3n  , then log  is equal to
0 1  x 
n   n 
(A) log 2 – 1 + 
(B) log 2 – 3 + 3
(C) 2 log 2 – 
(D) log 4 – 3 + 3
x cos   1
52.  3
dx is equal to
 x 2  2x cos   1 2
x
(A) c
2
x  2x cos   1
 x cos 
(B) c
x 2  2x cos   1
2x
(C) c
x 2  2x cos   1
2x cos 
(D) c
x 2  2x cos   1
 x  1  5 1 
53. f  x  for f : 0,    , 3  (where [.] denotes the greatest integer function and {.}
 x  1  2  2 
represents fractional part of x), then which of the following is true?
(A) f(x) is many-one discontinuous function
(B) 
min lim f  x , lim f  x   f 1
x 1 x 1

(C) f(x) is surjective differentiable function every where
(D) f(x) is injective function
54. Let f(x) be a decreasing function defined on (0, ). If f(2a2 + a + 1) < f(3a2 – 4a + 1), then the
range of a is
1
(A) a > 1 or a 
3
(B) a  (0, 5)
1
(C) a
3
 1
(D) a   0,   1, 5 
 3
55. Let f: R  R be a function such that f(0) = 1 and for x, y  R, f(xy + 1) = f(x)·f(y) – f(y) – x + 2
holds (where [.] denotes the greatest integer function). Then which is the correct option?
(A) lim  f  x    1
x 1
(B) lim  f  x    2
x 2 
(C) lim  f  x   0
x 0 
(D) lim  f  x   1
x 0 
56. Tangent are drawn to the curve y = cos x from the origin. Then the point of contact lies on the
2 2 2 2
curve x – y = ax y . This value of ‘a’ is equal to
(A) –1
1
(B)
2
(C) 1
(D) 2
57. If the curve y = x 2 + ax + b and y = cx – x2 touch each other at (1, 0). Then the area bounded by
the curve y = x2 + ax + b with x-axis is
2
(A)
3
5
(B)
6
1
(C)
3
1
(D)
6
x
dt
58. Number of solutions of   x in (0, 1) is/are
0 4  t 2  t3
(A) 1
(B) 2
(C) 3
(D) none of these
59. It is given that there are two sets of real numbers A = {a1, a2, ....., a100} and B = {b1, b2, ....., b50}.
Total number of onto functions ‘f’ from A to B such that f(a1)  f(a2)  f(a3)  .....  f(a100) is/are
100
(A) C50
99
(B) C50
100
(C) C49
99
(D) C51
60. lim  x x   x x 
x
is equal to
x 0
(A) 0
(B) 1
(C) –1
(D) does not exist
61. If for all x, y the function f is defined by f(x) + f(y) + f(x)·f(y) = 1 and f(x) > 0, f(x) is differential
everywhere, then
(A) f(0) > f(1)
(B) f(x) = 0 for all x
(C) f(0) < f(1)
(D) none of these

xn
62. If f  x   1   loga n , then at x = 0, f(x)
n 1 n!
(A) has no limit
(B) is discontinuous
(C) is continuous but not differentiable
(D) is differentiable
63. lim cos   n2  n  , n  Z is equal to

n 
(A) 0
(B) 1
(C) –1
(D) does not exist
64. n/m means that n is a factor of m, then the relation ‘ / ’ is

(A) reflexive and symmetric
(B) transitive and reflexive
(C) transitive and symmetric
(D) equivalence
65. If f: R  R is a continuous function satisfying f(0) = 1 and f(3x) – f(x) = x  x  R and

 x 
lim f  x   f  n   P  x  , then which of the following is correct?
n  3 
(A) P    
3e
(B) P  e 
2
(C) P(5) = 10
(D) P(11) = 5.5

dx
66. The value of  1  x3 1  x 2  is equal to
0

(A)
3

(B)
2

(C)
6

(D)
4
1
67. Let f(x) be a real valued differentiable function defined for all x  1 such that f   x   4
2
x  f  x
and f(1) = 1, then

(A) lim f  x   1 
x  4

(B) lim f  x   1 
 4

(C) lim f  x   1 
x 0 4
(D) we can’t say
2
 1  1 1 
68. If  and  the roots of the equation x2 + t2x – 2t = 0, I  t     x  2   x  2     dx , then
1  
2
3t 3
(A) I t    2 3
8 4t
3t 2 3
(B) I t    2 3
8 4t
2
3t 3
(C) I t     2 3
8 4t
3t 2 3
(D) I t     2 3
8 4t
69. Let lim f  x   24 and lim f  x   3 . If lim f  2x2  x 3    lim f  x 6  x 2  , then  is equal to
x 0 x 0 x 0 x 0
(A) 27
(B) 21
(C) 12
(D) none of these
70. Let f: (0, )  (0, ) be a differentiable surjective function and F(x) is the anti-derivative of f(x)
2 +
such that 2(F(x) – f(x)) = f (x) for  x  R , then
f x
(A) lim 2
x  x
f  x
(B) lim 1
x  x
(C) f(x) is strictly decreasing function
(D) can’t say
SECTION – B
71. Let Mn = {0.a1a2 ..... an, such that ai = 0, 1, for 1  i  n – 1, an = 1}, be a set of decimal fractions,
54Sn
Tn and Sn be the number and sum of the elements of Mn respectively, then lim is equal to
n Tn
72. Let area bounded by the parabola y2 + 4y = 4x and y = mx + m – 2 is 9 sq. units, then value of
|9m| is equal to
SECTION – C
decimal place; e.g. xxxxx.xx).
27x 2
73. The number of non-zero integral values of ‘a’ for which the function f  x   x 4  ax 3   1 is
2
concave upward for  x  R
74. Let f(x) = ax + cos 2x + sin x + cos x is defined for  x  R and a  R, f(x) is strictly increasing
 
function the range of a is  ,   , then  is
2 
1 1
1 1
  2x  3f  x   f  x  dx 
2
75. Let
15
and  f  x  dx  k , then k is equal to
0 0
FIITJEE
PART TEST – II
JEE (Advanced)-2020
PAPER – 1
TEST DATE: 17-11-2019

Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. B, C
 I  0I  2
Sol. Magnetic flux through the smaller loop due to current in the bigger loop =  0  
 2d 2  2d  
 
 I 2
 0
4 d
0  2
So mutual inductance =
4d
d  0 
2

 So emf induced in the bigger loop =  kt 
dt  4d 
 0  2k

4d
2. B, D
Sol.   R2 sin2  B
 1
So current di   dR2  sin d
dr 2 
 4 3 d
dR  sin d 2
So  d  0  dR 4  .
2 3
AITS-PT-II (Paper-1)-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Advanced)/20 2
3. A, B, D
Sol. Loop equation gives
di  Na2 
L  iR  0 i
di 2
2
di 1  0Na  
So    Ri
dt L  2 
0Na2 
So to grow current always, R  0
2
2R
 
 0Na2
4. C
mr
Sol. eE = mr  E
e
2
2rE 2mr 
So I  
R eR
and B   0nI
20nmr 2 

eR
5. B, C
Sol. During melting of ice, its volume decreases.
6. A, D
Sol. Dipole is in uniform field, so net electric force is zero.

Electric potential energy of a dipole U = – P.E . For stable equilibrium potential energy should be
minimum.
7. A, C, D
Sol. OB = 1 m y
and time period L
C 30
2m
T=  2 sec 30 
qB 1m60 P
30 
Time spent by the particle in the magnetic field is 
 m  60   
t   sec O   x
3 3qB 3  v0
     
    B  
      
8. C
9. D
3 AITS-PT-II (Paper-1)-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Advanced)/20
10. B
Sol. (for Q.8-10)
Cyclic process Work Done U
(I) W AB > 0 UAB > 0
W BC = 0 UBC < 0
W CA < 0 UCA < 0
(II) W AB = 0 UAB > 0
W BC > 0 UBC = 0
W CA < 0 UCA < 0
(III) W AB > 0 UAB > 0
W BC > 0 UBC < 0
W CA < 0 UCA = 0
(IV) W AB = 0 UAB > 0
W BC > 0 UBC = 0
W CA < 0 UCA < 0
11. C
12. A
13. D
Sol. (for Q. 11-13)
Final charge distributions are as follows
Electric field at P1 =
9  10 10   900 KV
9 6
2 m
10 
1
Q +Q +Q 0
Q Q
+Q +Q
Q 0 Q +Q
+Q +Q Q
Electric potential of conductor = 

 9  10 10   45KV 9 6
2  101
2
Electric potential energy in the outside space =

 9  10 10  9 6
 2.25  102 J
1
2  2  10
SECTION – B
14. 9
dT dT dT
Sol. KA
dx
 KA
dx
 ms
dt
 
 10 6  8  103  500 0.05 
Y X
dT dT 10 6  8  10 3  500  0.05
   9
dx Y dx X 500  104
15. 5
 1 
2  1  
q q  2
Sol.  
24 0 0 4 4
q q q q q
    
240 80 8 20 8 20 120
Nm2
5 .
c
16. 4
S  S
Sol. RS  7  10 3  (XS is the physical quantity in space)
rS2
 1   300    1   300 
So 7  103  2
r2 1   300 
Where ( X is the physical quantity in ISRO lab)
Putting all the values
1
  m
4
17. 5
Sol. For the cell network equivalent emf is  and equivalent resistance is r, then the equivalent circuit
is
1 r1 1 r1 I1–I2
I1
I2 I2
 2 2 2
R  R
r r2 r2 r2
So loop equations is the left loop is

1  4I1  2  6I2  6I 2  2  0
1
So I1   A
4
Another loop equation is the right loop is
 I1  I2   6I2  2  0
1 1
So 7I2  2  So I2  A
4 4
1
So I1  I2   A
2
18. 9
R
Q 2
Sol. F  R 2
2rdr r B0  QB0R  mg
0
3
  9  102 rad / s
SECTION – A
19. B, D
Sol. Pyrrole is -excessive heterocyclic compound, so can take part in Reimer-Tiemann reaction.
20. B, C, D
Sol. Cellulose nitrate is a semi-synthetic polymer.
21. A, C, D
Sol. Conceptual
22. A, B, C
o
Sol. Allyl and benzyl 1 alcohol give turbidity with Lucas reagent instantly.
23. A, B, C, D
Sol. Cl Cl
P  NaOEt
 S
S
Mustard gas 
Rate of hydrolysis is more than corresponding ether analogue
Cl Cl due to NGP.
O
24. A, B, C
Sol. Bridgehead -keto carboxylic acids do not decarboxylate as it would require formation of a double
bond at bridgehead carbon which would be highly strained.
25. A, B, C, D
Sol. Epimers, Anomers and geometrical isomers – all are examples of diastereomers.
26. B
27. A
28. D
Sol. (for the Q. No. 26 to 28)
Factual.
29. B
30. A
31. B
Sol. (for the Q. No. 29 to 31)
Conceptual.
SECTION – B
32. 3
6
Sol. For A  2
For B  22
33. 9
O O
|| ||
Sol. A  CH3  C C OH
34. 6
Sol. Structure of Nylon-2-nylon-6 is given below:
O
NH CH2 C NH CH2 C
5
O n
35. 6
Sol. Nitrobenzene is highly deactivating towards EAS reactions, cannot take part in Friedel-Crafts
alkylation.
Aryl 1o amine cannot be prepared by Gabriel’s phthalimide synthesis.
Aniline give very poor yield in Friedel-Crafts alkylation.
Phenol on treatment with bromine water gives tri-substituted product.
36. 4
Sol. Conceptual.
SECTION – A
37. B, D
–1 –1 1 –1
Sol. tan x – tan y = tan
8
xy 1 8y  1
Case-I: x, y > 0    x  (5, 3) and (57, 7)
1  xy 8 8y
xp 1 1  8p
Case-II:  (p = –y)  x 
x > 0, y < 0   0  p > 0  no solution
1  xp 8 8p
–1 –1 1
Case-III: x < 0, y < 0  tan p – tan q = tan1 (p = –y, q = –x)  (–3, –5), (–7, –57)
8
38. A, B, C
Sol. Ec : x2 = cy
F : (y2 – x)(y2 + x) = 0
39. A, C, D
3x  4y x y 4
Sol. Bisectors are given by    . Bisector containing (2, 1) is given by ‘–‘ sign
5  2 
which is also obtuse angle bisector
40. A, B, D
Sol. Tangent for ellipse : y  mx  m2  2
Tangent for hyperbola : y  mx  2m2  2
2
 m = 4 or m = 2
 2 2   4 2 
Point of tangency for ellipse  ,  and for  , 
 6 6  6 6
41. A, C, D
Sol. The two ellipses will be reflection of each other in common tangent
So, locus of centre of E2 can be obtained by finding locus of centre of E1 in variable tangent to E1.
h0 k 0  4m2  3 
If (h, k) be the reflection of centre, then   2  
m 1  m2  1 
Eliminating ‘m’, we get (x2 + y2)2 = 4(4x2 + 3y2) which is fourth degree polynomial closed curve
Similar procedure can be adopted for focus
42. A, B
Sol. 1 = 2R2 sin A cos B cos C
2 = 2R2 cos A sin B cos C
3 = 2R2 cos A cos B sin C
1 + 2 + 3 = 2R2(sin(A + B + C) + sin A sin B sin C) = 2R2 sin A sin B sin C = 
R1 = R2 = R3 = R
43. B, C
Sol. 2019 = 3  673
2 2 2
2a1 cos a1
3a 2 cos a2
5a3 cos a3
.....  3  673
 a1 = a3 ..... = 0, a2 cos2 a2  1 and a122 cos2 a122  1 (a122 = 673)

2
x cos x = 1 has 5 solutions in (–, 9], infinite solutions in (–, ), no solution in (–, 0]
44. C
45. A
46. B
Sol. (for Q. 44.-46.) P1
If P1 P2 P3 is equilateral then P5 P6 P7 is also equilateral
P4
P6
P7
P2 P5 P3
47. C
48. A
49. A
Sol. (for Q. 47.-49.)

The identities are sin1 x  cos1 x   x  [–1, 1]
2
5
cot 1 x  tan1 x  x
2

sec 1 x  cosec 1x   x  R – (–1, 1)
2
sin1 x  sin1   x   2  x  [–1, 1]
tan1  x   tan1x  2  x  R
cot 1   x   cot 1x  3  x  R
 1
cosec 1      sin1x  x  [–1, 1] – {0}
x
SECTION – B
50. 2

Sol. Length of path OABC is 2
4
O /4 
4
A
B C  2  1,  1
51. 8
Sol. f(a, b) represent distance between the curves 16x 2 + 9y2 = 144 and x2 + y2 = 25.
So, c = 9 and d = 1
52. 4
x2 y 2 19
Sol. Director circle of 2
 2  1 is x2 + y2 = a2 + b2. It intersects (x – 1)2 – y2 +  0 at only two
a b 2
2 21 2 2
points. Solving the two equations simultaneously 2x – 2x + – (a + b ) = 0
2
 21 
 4  8    a2  b2    0  a + b = 10  a + b = 4
2 2
 2 
53. 8
Sol. cosec2 x – cot2 x – (1 + tan2 x) – tan2 x – 1 + 3 = 0
2
 tan x = 1  tan x = 1
54. 3
Sol. Domain of expression f  x   tan1 x  2 sin1 x  3 sec 1 x is 1, 1
   7
f  1   2     3 
4  2 4
  5
f 1   2    3.0 
4 2 4
FIITJEE
PART TEST – II
JEE (Advanced)-2020
PAPER – 1
TEST DATE: 17-11-2019
 Each Part is further divided into Two Sections: Section-A & Section-B.
1. Section-A (01– 7, 19 – 25, 37 – 43) contains 21 multiple choice questions which have one or
more than one correct answer. Each question carries +4 marks for correct answer and –2 marks
for wrong answer
Partial Marks +1 for each correct option provided no incorrect option is selected.
Section-A (08 – 13, 26 – 31, 44 – 49) contains 18 questions. Each of 2 Tables with 3 Columns and
4 Rows has three questions. Column 1 will be with 4 rows designated (I), (II), (III) and (IV).
Column 2 will be with 4 rows designated (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv). Column 3 will be with 4 rows
designated (P), (Q), (R) and (S). Each multiple choice question with 4 options has only one
correct answer and carries +3 marks for correct answer and –1 mark for wrong answer.
2. Section–B (14 – 18, 32 – 36, 50 – 54) contains 15 Numerical based questions with answers as
negative marking.
AITS-PT-II (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/20 2
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A square conducting loop ABCD and a rectangular F E

conducting loop EFGH are placed on the same plane as
shown in the figure. The loop ABCD is placed d >> 
symmetrically with respect to EFGH such that its central A
B
line is at a distance d from the loop EFGH. Side length ‘’ a >> d

of small loop ABCD is much smaller than the length ‘a’ a >> 
C
and width ‘d’ of the bigger loop EFGH. A source is applied D
on loop ABCD, such that it sets up a current I = kt in it. 
Here k is a positive constant and t is time. Then choose
the correct option(s).
G H
d
(A) If the current in the loop ABCD is in clockwise sense then the induced current in the loop
EFGH due to this current is in anticlockwise sense.
(B) If the current in the loop ABCD is in clockwise sense then the induced current in the loop
EFGH due to this current is in clockwise sense.
  2k
(C) emf induced in the loop EFGH due to current in the loop ABCD is 0 .
4d
30 2k
(D) emf induced in the loop EFGH due to current in the loop ABCD is .
4d
2. A thin walled non-magnetic spherical shell with wall thickness d

d and radius R (R >> d) is placed in a uniform magnetic field  y
 B
dB0
B  B0 ˆj , which slowly changes as   , where  is a
dt R x
positive constant. Electrical resistivity of the material of the
shell is .
Then choose the correct option(s).
(A) Induced magnetic moment of the shell is towards  ĵ direction
(B) Induced magnetic moment of the shell is towards  ĵ direction
3 4
(C) Induced magnetic moment of the shell is dR 
2
2 4
(D) Induced magnetic moment of the shell is dR 
3
3 AITS-PT-II (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/20
3. A metallic disc of radius ‘a’ mounted 

on a rigid axle is rotating with a
constant angular velocity  inside a
long solenoid of inductance L whose
two ends are connected to the
rotating disc by two brush contacts
R
as shown. The total resistance of the
whole circuit is R. Then
P
metallic disc a
of radius ‘a’
long uniform
solenoid of N
turns and
length 
Brush
0Nia2
(A) The induced emf between terminals P and Q is , when current in the coil is i.
2
(B) Current in the coil can increase or decrease with time depending upon the value of .
R
(C) min for increasing the current in the coil always is
20Na2
2R
(D) min for increasing the current in the coil always is
0Na2
4. A solenoid of radius r is made of thin metallic wire rings with resistance of each ring R. The rings
have been put in a uniform way on a very long glass cylinder which has vacuum inside it. The
solenoid and glass cylinder are glued to each other. The number of rings per unit length is n and
the planes containing the rings are perpendicular to the symmetry axis of the cylinder. At a
moment the cylinder starts rotating around its symmetry axis with an angular acceleration . The
e
magnetic field B at the centre of the cylinder (after a long time) is ( is specific charge of
m
electron).
0 nmr 2 
(A)
eR
0nmr 2 
(B)
eR
20nmr 2 
(C)
eR
40nmr 2 
(D)
eR
5. During the melting of a slab of ice at 273 K at the atmospheric pressure.

(A) Positive work is done by the ice-water system on the atmosphere.
(B) Positive work is done on the ice-water system by the atmosphere.
(C) The internal energy of the ice-water system increases.
(D) The internal energy of the ice-water system decreases.

6.  
An electric dipole having dipole moment P  3iˆ  4ˆj  109 Cm is placed in a uniform electric


field E  60iˆ  80ˆj N/C.
(A) Electric field applies zero net force on the dipole
(B) Electric field energy of the dipole in the electric field is 5 × 107 J.
(C) The dipole is in stable equilibrium in the electric field.
(D) The dipole is in unstable equilibrium in the electric field.
7. A charged particle of charge q and mass m is entering at origin y L

with a velocity v î in a uniform magnetic field –B k̂ which is 
extended upto infinite at right of the line L. Select the correct   
option(s) q, m 30 
  
mv x
Given that  1 meter. and v = 1 m/s.
qB     
    
     
(A) Velocity of the particle makes an angle 60 with x-axis while it is coming out of the
magnetic field.
1 3 
(B) The co-ordinates of point of exit is  m, m
2 2 
 3 1 
(C) The co-ordinates of point of exit is  m, m  .
 2 2 

(D) Time spent by the particle in the magnetic field is sec.
3
(Matching type - Single Correct Option)

This section contains SIX questions of matching type. The section contains TWO tables (each having 3
columns and 4 rows). Based on each table, there are THREE questions. Each question has FOUR
options (A), (B), (C), and (D). ONLY ONE of these four options is correct.
Answer questions 8, 9 and 10 by appropriately matching the information given in the three
columns of the following table.
Here P, V, T , U have usual meaning of pressure, volume, temperature, density and Internal
energy of gas.
Column – 1 Column – 2 Column – 3
P
A
V B
(I) (i) WAB  0 (P) UAB  0

C
T
CA – Rectangular Hyperbola

A
B
(II) (ii) WAB  0 (Q) UBC  0

C
T
U
A B
V
(III) C (iii) WBC  0 (R) UAB  0
V
P
B
2P0
(IV) P0 C (iv) WCA  0 (S) UCA  0
A
V
V0 2V0
8. In a cyclic process W AB and UAB are both non zero values and have same sign.
(A) (I) (ii) (R)
(B) (II) (i) (P)
(C) (III) (i) (P)
(D) (IV) (ii) (R)
9. In a cyclic process QBC must be positive.

(A) (I) (iii) (Q)
(B) (II) (iii) (Q)
(C) (III) (iii) (Q)
(D) (IV) (iii) (Q)
10. In a cyclic process, W any path + Uany path < 0 (any path means any of AB or BC or CA)
(A) (I) (ii) (R)
(B) (II) (iv) (S)
(C) (III) (iv) (S)
(D) (IV) (i) (R)
Answer questions 11, 12 and 13 by appropriately matching the information given in the
three columns of the following table.
Column –1 is having charged systems, Column –2 is having variation of electric field for any
charged system of column –1 and Column –3 is having variation of electric potential (taking
potential at infinity to be zero) for any charged system of column –1
Column – 1 Column – 2 Column – 3
R2 V
R1 2Q E
+Q
P1
(I) (i) (P)
Point charge at center R1 R2 r

R1 R2 r
= Q and charge on
thick conducting shell
= 2Q
R2
R1 Q E V
P1
(II) (ii) (Q)
Two thin conducting R1 R2 r R1 R2 r
shell, out of which
inner shell is having
charge Q and outer
shell is uncharged
R2 E
R1 V
+Q
P1
(III) (iii) (R)
R1 R2 r R1 R2
Two thin uncharged r
conducting shell and
Point charge at centre
=Q
R2 E V
R1 +Q
Q
(IV) P1 (iv) (S)
Point charge at center R1 R2 r R1 R2 r

= Q, Charge on thick
conducting shell = +Q
In each charged system Q = 1 C, R1 = 10 cm, R2 = 20 cm. Each of the shells or spheres are
conducting. Variation of electric field and potential is given as a function of radial distance r. point
P1 in each figure is at distance r = R1 +  (where   0)
KV
11. Electric field at point P1 is 900 for a charged system. Choose the correct option for that
m
charged system.
(A) (III) (i) (Q)
(B) (III) (iv) (S)
(C) (II) (iv) (Q)
(D) (II) (i) (P)
12. Electric potential of a conducting shell (thin or thick) is 45 KV for a charged system. Choose the
correct option for that charged system.
(A) (I) (ii) (R)
(B) (I) (ii) (P)
(C) (III) (i) (R)
(D) (III) (i) (P)
13. Electrical potential energy stored in outside space (from r = R2 to (r  ) is 2.25 × 10-2J
(A) (I) (ii) (Q)
(B) (II) (iv) (S)
(C) (III) (i) (P)
(D) (III) (i) (S)
SECTION – B
This section contains FIVE questions. The answer to each question is a single Digit integer ranging from
0 to 9, both inclusive.
14. A conducting rod is initially at 0°C temperature. Now Melting ice Insulation Steam
one end A is kept at melting ice chamber (0°C) and chamber chamber
(0°C) (100°C)
the other end B is kept at steam chamber (100°C). A XY B
The surface of the rod is well insulated from the
outer environment so that heat is only flowing along
the length of the rod as shown is the figure.
The cross-sectional area of the rod is 1 cm 2 and length of the rod is 1 m. Thermal conductivity of
the rod is 500 W/m-K. Density of the rod is 8000 kg/m3. Specific heat capacity of the rod is 500
J/kg-K. A small cylindrical element xy (of length 1 cm and cross-sectional area same as that of
rod) is examined. It is observed that temperature gradient of the end X is 5°C/m and average
temperature of xy part of the rod is rising at 0.05°C/sec. What is the temperature gradient
(in °C/m) of end Y of the element?
15. A point charge q = 8.85  109 C is placed at (0, d, 0) y

where d = 1m. An insulating surface ABCA is on the q(0, d, 0)
x-z plane, which is bounded by a quarter circle AB
and two equal length straight line BC and CA as B (d, 0, 0)
shown in the figure. Electric flux through the surface x
ABCA in Nm2/C is (nearest integer)
C2
Take 0  8.85  1012 A
Nm2 C (d, 0, d)
z
16. Chandrayan-1, the lunar mission launched by India in 2008, had all gold wiring. A particular
instrument on board the mission, was operating at the same temperature as the space
surrounding the Chandrayan at 3 K. Instrument specifications demanded that no wire in the
instrument should offer a resistance more than 7 m. All the instruments on Chandrayan were
fabricated in ISRO lab at room temperature of 30°C. If the radius of all wires in the instrument
was 0.1 mm (as measured in ISRO lab). If the maximum allowable length (as measured in ISRO
1  22 
lab) of any wire is approximately  meter then find .  Take   . (Assume that resistivity
  7 
and length of gold wire change linearly with temperature)
You can use these properties of gold.
–8
 Resistivity at room temperature  = 2.2 × 10 m
–1
 Temperature coefficient of resistivity  = 0.0032 K
–5 –1
 Linear thermal expansion coefficient  = 1.5 × 10 K .
17. The network shown consists of an infinite number of cells of emf 1 and  2 with corresponding
internal resistances r1 and r2 respectively A resistor R = 1 is connected to the end of the
network. If the values of the emfs and internal resistances are 1 = 1.0 V, 2 = 2.0 V, r1 = 4 and
r2 = 6. If the current flowing through the resistor R is I ampere, then find 10 I.
1 r1 1 r1
2 2
R
r2 r2
18. A thin non conducting disc of mass M = 2 kg, charge Q = 2 × 10–2C y


1 B  B0rˆ
and radius R  m is placed on a frictionless horizontal plane with
6
its centre at the origin of the coordinate system. A non uniform, radial
 x
magnetic field B  B0 rˆ exists in space, where B0 = 10 T and the disc
is rotated with an angular velocity   x  102 rad/sec about an axis w
passing through its centre and perpendicular to its plane, as shown
in the figure. At what value of x the disc will lift off from the surface.
SECTION – A
(More Than One Correct Type)
This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) for
its answer, out of which ONE OR MORE is/are correct.
19.

 CHCl3  NaOH  
N
H
Product (s) formed is/are
(A) CHO
N
H
(B) Cl
N
(C) CHO
N
(D)
CHO
N
H
20. Which of the following statement is/are correct?

(A) Cellulose nitrate is a natural polymer.
(B) Vulcanization increases rigidity by restricting the movement of the polymer chains.
(C) HDPE is a linear polymer whereas LDPE is a branched polymer.
(D) Cellulose is an example of an unbranched polysaccharide.
21. Which of the following transformation(s) is/are possible by aq. NaOH in presence or absence of
heating
(A) CH2OH
CH2OH
O  HCHO  excess   OH  HCOONa 
CH2OH
HOH2C
(B)
Ph
O 
 Ph OH
Me
Me
(C)

 O
O
O
(D) Br OH
NO 2 NO 2

NO 2 NO 2
22. OH
Which of the following is/are correct about the above drawn compound?
(A) It gives positive Br2 – water test.
(B) It gives positive Na-metal test.
(C) It gives negative iodoform test.
(D) It does not give turbidity with Lucas reagent at room temperature.
SCl2
23. H2C  CH2  P
Which of the following statement(s) is/are correct regarding ‘P’?
(A) P on treatment with sodium ethoxide produces divinyl sulphide.
(B) It is a chemical warfare agent.
(C) Rate of hydrolysis of P is much more than its corresponding ether analogue.
(D) On complete hydrolysis it produces HCl and diol.
24. Which of the following acids undergo decarboxylation just on heating?

(A) COOH
CH2
(B) CO 2H
CO 2H
(C) O
HO 2C
(D)
O
C
O OH
25. How many of the following statements is/are correct?

(A) -D-(+)-glucopyranose and -D-(+)-glucopyranose are diastereomers
(B) D-Glucose and D-Mannose are diastereomers
(C) Maleic acid and Fumaric acid are diastereomers
(D) Dextro’ form and ‘Meso’ form of tartaric acid (2,3-dihydroxybutanedioic acid) are
diastereromers.

Answer Q. 26, Q. 27 and Q. 28 by appropriately matching the information given in the three
Column 1 Column 2 Column 3

(I) Orlon (i) High impact resistance and (P) Elastometer
mechanical toughness
(II) Buna-N (ii) Have good resistance to (Q) Homopolymer
stains, chemicals
(III) Dacron (iii) Resistant to the action of (R) Terpolymer
petrol, lubricating oil
(IV) ABS (iv) Crease resistant (S) Thermoplastic or
thermoset depend on the
chemical structure
26. Which of the following is only correct combination?

(A) (I) (iv) (S)
(B) (II) (iii) (P)
(C) (IV) (i) (P)
(D) (I) (iv) (S)

(A) (IV) (i) (R)
(B) (II) (ii) (Q)
(C) (III) (iv) (Q)
(D) (I) (ii) (P)

(A) (II) (ii) (S)
(B) (III) (ii) (R)
(C) (IV) (i) (P)
(D) (I) (ii) (Q)
Answer Q. 29, Q. 30 and Q. 31 by appropriately matching the information given in the three
Column 1 Column 2 Column 3

(I) O (i) E1CB involved (P) One
during the product
C12 reaction
OH

H2C  
C14 OH
O
(II) R2 (ii) Proceeds via six (Q) Three

CH2I2
membered cyclic products

Zn Cu TS
Et2 O
R1
(III) Br (iii) Proceeds via five (R) Four
14 NaNH2
membered cyclic products

liq. NH
 TS
3
(IV) (iv) Butterfly type (S) Two

transition state products
 2 2
i H O

ii 160o C, 
 Product  s 
 not containing N

(A) (III) (ii) (R)
(B) (II) (iv) (S)
(C) (IV) (i) (P)
(D) (I) (iii) (S)

(A) (III) (i) (S)
(B) (II) (i) (P)
(C) (IV) (ii) (P)
(D) (I) (iii) (R)

(A) (III) (iv) (S)
(B) (IV) (iii) (Q)
(C) (IV) (ii) (S)
(D) (I) (ii) (P)
SECTION – B
32. Cl CH CH Br
HO 2C CHOH3 CO 2H
Cl CH CH F B 
A
If number of stereoisomers for (A) is 2x, and if number of stereoisomers are possible for (B) is 2y.
Then value of x/y would be?
33. O
 i SOCl
ii  KCN  ' A '
OH  2
H3C C
iii  H3O 
How many of the following statements is/are correct about ‘A’?
(1) It forms oxime with hydroxylamine
(2) It can be prepared by the oxidation of propylene glycol by KMnO4.
(3) It is stronger acid than propanoic acid
(4) It forms phenyl hydrazone with phenyl hydrazine
(5) It can be prepared by hydrolysis of , -dibrompropanoic acid
(6) When it is heated with dil. H2SO4 in a sealed tube, decarboxylation takes place
(7) When it is heated with conc. H2SO4, decarbonylation takes place
(8) It gives positive result in the iodoform reaction
(9) It decolourises bromine water and KMnO4 solution.
34. Nylon-2-nylon-6 is a biodegradable step growth polymer. It can be expressed as

O
NH CH2 x C NH CH2 y C
O n
Value of y + x would be?
35. How many of the following reaction is not possible or produce very poor yield?
(i) NO 2 NO 2
CH3Cl

Anhydrous AlCl3

CH3
(ii) NO 2 O
+ X NH2 CO 2H
NK
i 

ii OH ,H O 
 
3
O CO 2H
(iii) NH2 NH2
CH3 Cl

Anhydrous AlCl

3
CH3
(iv) OH OH
Br Br
Br2

CS 2

Br
(v) O O
MnO
R C O H 

 R C R
(vi) O
Li C
 i CO2
OH

 ii  H2 O,H
(vii) X

Anhydrous AlCl

3
(viii)
CH3 ONa

300 K

Br
(ix) NH2 NO 2
CF3 CO3H
 
NH2 NO 2
36. Protonation of carbonyl group forms a cation with significant charge on the carbon atom

C O  H 
 C OH  C OH
How many of the following carbonyl compounds form an aromatic cation on protonation?
1. 2.
O O
3. 4.
O O O
5. O 6.
7. 8.
C H
H B O
O O
9.
O
SECTION – A
One OR More Than One Choice Type
This section contains 07 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D)
for its answer, out of which only ONE OR MORE THAN ONE is/are correct
37. Let the ordered pair of integers (xi, yi) where i = 1, 2, ....., n satisfy the equation
–1 –1 –1 
tan x + tan 8 = tan y + . For the polygon so formed in xy plane which of the following is/are
2
true?
(A) It is a rectangle
(B) It is not cyclic
(C) It is symmetric about line y = x
(D) It is symmetric about line x + y = 0
38. Let A = {xy = c| c  R – {0}}. Let EC = 0 represent locus of point Pc such that sum of slopes of
normals drawn from it to xy = c is equal to sum of ordinates of feet of normals. Let F be the set of
points of intersection of Ec = 0 with xy = c (for parameter ‘c’), then
(A) (1, 1) is an element of F
(B) (2, 1) is not an element of F
(C) (0, 0) is an element of Ec  F  c  R – {0}
(D) F is a set of hyperbolas
39. Which of the following is/are correct with respect to angle bisectors of pair of lines
3x2 – 4y2 – xy – 12x + 16y = 0
(A) Angle bisector containing point (2, 1) is the obtuse angle bisector
(B) Equation of acute angle bisector is  3 2  5  x   4 2  5  y  20  0
(C) Equation of obtuse angle bisector is  3 2  5  x   4 2  5  y  20  0
(D) Angle bisectors are perpendicular with respect to each other
40. For the curves 2x2 + y2 = 2 and y2 – x2 = –2 which of the following is/are true?
2 2
(A) Equation of a pair of common tangents is 4x + y – 4xy – 6 = 0
2 2
(B) Equation of a pair of common tangents is 4x + y + 4xy – 6 = 0
5
(C) Length of common tangent is
3
10
(D) Length of common tangent is
3
x 2 y2  x  4 2 y 2
41. Let E1 :   1 and E 2 :   1 . If E2 rolls on E1, without slipping, then which of the
4 3 4 3
following is/are true?
(A) Locus of centre of E2 is a polynomial of fourth degree
(B) Locus of one of the focus of E2 is polynomial of third degree
(C) Locus of centre of E2 is a closed curve
(D) Locus of one of the focus of E2 is a closed curve
42. Let O be circumcenter of ABC and AO, BO, CO meet circumcircle of ABC in D, E, F
respectively. If areas of ABC, DBC, EAC, FAB are , 1, 2, 3 and radius of their
circumcircle are R, R1, R2, R3 respectively, then (where A, B, C and a, b, c have usual meaning)
(A) 1 + 2 + 3 = 
(B) 1 + 2 + 3 = 2R2 sin A sin B sin C
a b c 4
(C)    2
R1 R2 R3 R
a b c abc
(D)    2
R1 R2 R3 R
n 2
th
43.  Pia cos
i ai
 2019 where Pi represents the i prime number
i 1
(i.e., for example P1 = 2, P2 = 3, P3 = 5 .....) such that Pn < 2019 and ai  R. If elements of set A
be solution of the equation represented by ordered n-tuple (a1, a2, a3 ....., an), then
(A) number of elements in set A is finite
(B) if ai  9  i = 1, 2, ....., n, then number of element in set A is 25
(C) if ai  0  i = 1, 2, ....., n, then A is null set
(D) if ai  9  i = 1, 2, ....., n, then A is singleton set

Answer Q.44, Q.45 and Q.46 by appropriately matching the information given in the three columns
of the following table.
Let P1 P2 P3 form an equilateral triangle. Let Pn + 3 be mid-point of Pn and Pn + 1  n  N. Match the ratios
of areas of triangle given in Column-1 and ratio of angles of triangle given in Column-2 to their respective
values in Column-3
Column–1 Column–2 Column–3

P2017 P2018 P2019 P2021 P2022 P2023
(I) (i) (P) 1
P2019 P2020 P2021 P2020 P2019 P2018
P2017 P2018 P2019 P2001 P2002 P2003
(II) (ii) (Q) 2
P2020 P2021 P2022 P2020 P2018 P2021
P2017 P2019 P2020 P2004 P2005 P2003
(III) (iii) (R) 4
P2018 P2019 P2020 P2002 P2003 P2004
P2021 P2022 P2023 P2017 P2018 P2019
(IV) (iv) (S) 8
P2021 P2023 P2025 P2018 P2019 P2020
44. Which of the following combination is only CORRECT?

(A) (I) (i) (Q)
(B) (II) (iii) (P)
(C) (I) (iii) (R)
(D) (II) (i) (S)

(A) (III) (ii) (P)
(B) (IV) (i) (R)
(C) (III) (i) (P)
(D) (IV) (iv) (R)

(A) (II) (iv) (P)
(B) (IV) (i) (Q)
(C) (II) (ii) (R)
(D) (IV) (iv) (P)
Answer Q.47, Q.48 and Q.49 by appropriately matching the information given in the three columns
of the following table.
  3 
Let inverse trigonometric functions be defined as follows: sin1 x :  1, 1    ,  ;
2 2 
  3     
cos 1 x :  1, 1   0,   ; tan1 x : R   , 1
 ; cosec x :  ,  1   1,      ,   0 ;
2 2   2 2
cot 1x : R   , 2  ; sec 1x :  ,  1   1,    0,  


2 
. Match maximum value of expression in
Column-1 and minimum value of expression in Column-2 to corresponding values given in Column-3.
Column–1 Column–2 Column–3

1 1
(I) sin x  cos x (i) tan x  cot 1 x
1
(P) 0

(II) sin1   x   sin1 x (ii) tan1 x  tan1   x  (Q)
2
5  1
(III) cot 1 x  cot 1  x   (iii) sec 1    cos 1  x  (R) 2
2 x
 1 5
(IV) cosec 1    sin1 x   (iv) sec 1x  cosec 1x (S)
x 2
47. Which of the following combination is CORRECT?

(A) (I) (i) (P)
(B) (I) (ii) (R)
(C) (I) (i) (S)
(D) (II) (i) (R)

(A) (II) (ii) (R)
(B) (III) (iii) (S)
(C) (IV) (iv) (P)
(D) (I) (i) (Q)

(A) (III) (iv) (Q)
(B) (IV) (ii) (P)
(C) (II) (iv) (P)
(D) (I) (ii) (Q)
SECTION – B
50. If length of smallest path that can be traced from (0, 0) to  2  1,  1 without traversing inside
2 2 a
the curve x + y – 2 2x + 1 = 0 is of the form  b ; a, b  I, then value of a + b is equal to.
16
2 2
  1 
51. Let f  a, b   25  a2  b    a  144  16b 2  . If maximum and minimum value of f(a, b) is
 3 
c and d respectively  a, b  R, then c – d equals.
2 2
52. If there are only two points on the curve 2x – 2y – 4x + 21 = 0 such that tangents drawn to
x2 y 2
  1 (a, b  N) are perpendicular, then a + b equals.
a2 b2
53. Number of solutions of the equation cosec2 x – sec2 x – tan2 x – cot2 x – sin2 x – cos2 x + 3 = 0
 x  [–2, 2] is.
p
54. If maximum value of tan1 x  2sin1 x  3sec 1 x is where p, q are coprime integers, then
q
p – q equals.
FIITJEE
PART TEST – II
JEE (Advanced)-2020
PAPER – 2
TEST DATE: 17-11-2019

Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A
 0i  3  0 i  1 
Sol. Bnet     
4R  2  4R 3  2 
 0i

4 3R
2. D
Sol. Total charge (finally) = 0
N
So charge flown to the earth = Q
i1
i
3. B
q q0  q  A d d
Sol.   iR (where C = 0 )
C C d
(q0+q)
q0  2q dq q0  2q
 i   
RC dt RC +q q
(q0+q)
q t
dq dt a b c
 
0
q0  2q
 
0
RC
 2dt R i
qd R0 A
i 0 e
R 0 A
4. C
4 3
Sol. P   
r    4r 2 T 4 
3 
So T  cr1/ 4 (where c is a constant)
5. B
Sol. All the spheres are at same potential so, V1 = V2 = V3 and Q1 : Q2 : Q3 = R1 : R2 : R3 and E1 : E2 :
1 1 1
E3 = : : .
R1 R2 R3
6. B
dQ dT
Sol.  kA
dt dx
7. B
Sol. Welect  Ui  Uf
 q12 q22 q23 q1q3 q1q2 q2 q3 
1
Ui        
40
 2a 2b 2c c b c 
2
1  q12 q22 q3 q1q3 q1q2 q2 q3 
Uf        
40  2a 2b 2c c b c 
8. B, C
Sol. From the Phasor diagram
2 1
C  C
4
R
9. A, D
Sol. Capacitors are connected in series, so charges on the capacitors remain same. During removal
of the slab anticlockwise current flows through the circuit, so battery is being charged.
10. B
Sol. 0 = dU + PdV = d(a + bPV) + PdV
After solving
b 1
b
PV  constant
11. A, B, C, D
Sol. When only S2 is open
2  4 
     20 cm
3  120 
When only S1 is open
 4 
2      60 cm
 120 
When all three are closed
4
2      60 cm
120
When only S1 is closed
4
2      60 cm
120
12. B, D
Sol. Every body radiates and absorbs radiation simultaneously at any non zero temperature T.
13. B, D
Sol. When switch S is open 250V
250
V1   6000   150 V
10000
V1 V2
250
V2   4000   100 V
10000
When switch S is closed circuit reduces to
R1 R2
shown in the figure.
250
So both the voltmeters show readings V1 = V2   125 V
2
14. A, B
2m
Sol. Distance of the target x = (n) v cos  , where n is an integer
qB
nv v 0

B B0
15. A
16. B
Sol. (for Q.15-16)
Emf induced between the plates = Bwv
Bwv  Lh  
So I   BLhv
w
2
So FB = BIw = B Lhwv
2
So net external force = Phw – B Lhwv = kv
(at steady state)
In the absence of magnetic field, Phw = kv0
Phw
So Phw – B2 Lhwv = v
v0
Pv 0
So v 
P  B 2Lv 0
17. D
18. B
Sol. (for Q. 17-18)
qV
Acceleration of ball, a =
md
2d 2md2
So time of motion, t = 
a qV
Q n qA C qV
So I   0  n0 q
t 2md 2 0 2m
qV
V  V 2m 0 2mV
So R   0 =
I Cn0 q qV Cn0 q q
SECTION – A
19. B
Sol. Down the group nucleophilicity generally increases in polar protic solvent, and if attacking atom is
same stronger the base, stronger the nucleophile.
20. D
Sol.
O
O
OCH3
 i OH
NH  
 ii  H O
3
HO NH2 O
O NH2
OH
HO 
OH
O H2N C
 Aspartic acid 
  O
 Non  essential   Phenylalanine 
 
 Essential 
21. B
Sol. CH3 CH3
CH3
H H TsCl
  H H BuO K 


H H
H OH H OTs Anti e limination
22. A
Sol. The – COOH group is electron-withdrawing, acid strengthening compared to – H or – CH3.
23. D
Sol.
H  OH O
OH   
 H2 O H
24. A
Sol. OH O OH
 i HBr HI

 
excess
 ii  OH
OH I
25. B
Sol. db is conjugated by two carbonyl groups.
26. D
Sol. Conceptual.
27. A, B, C, D
Sol. Conceptual.
28. A, C, D
Sol.
Benzyne Biphenylene
All C – C bonds are not equal in biphenylene. Central ring is antiaromatic.
29. B, D
Sol. Conceptual.
30. A, C
Sol. OH
 i m ClPBA

 ii LiAlH4

CH3
31. A, B, D
Sol. Conceptual.
32. A, D
Sol. O
X Cl C NH OMe
Y Cl C OH
Z H2N OMe
33. D
Sol.
O O
OMe OMe
(A) 
(B) 
OH Cl
O O
O
(D)  N CH3
(C)  N CH3
34. B
Sol.
CH3
(E)  CH3 (F) 
N
(H) 
35. B
36. B
Sol. (for Q. No. 35 and 36)
O O
O O
NaOEt  i NaOEt
 
ii CH I

3
OC2H 5 O O
NaOEt / 
O
O
O O
 i Cannizzaro reaction O3 ,H2 O

OH  
Zn

ii  H O 3
O
HO O O O
O O
SECTION – A
37. C
Sol. 2020  f  x   2 2019
38. A
Sol. C always lies on circle
39. C
1 1 1 r
Sol.    r2020 
rn r1 rn 1  2019 2
40. C
 C A
Sol. IF = r cosec  B  
 2
 B E
IE = r cosec  C   F
 2 F r
r I
 C  B
IE = IF  sin  B    sin  C  
 2  2 B C
B C  3B 3C 
 2sin    cos   0
4 4  4 4 
3 
 B  C    2n  1 , n  I
4 2
41. B
Sol. Let Bn be set of natural numbers less than or equal to 105 which are multiples of ‘n’, then
A = B1 – B2  B5  B7 ( 105 = 3  5  7)
 2r  105  2r   2r 
  cos     cos    cos  
rA  105  r 1  105  rB3 B5 B7  105 
 2r 
Using sum of ‘n’ nth roots of unity is 0, we get  cos  105   1
rA
42. A
6
Sol.  r 3  441 if equation has a solution then sin(rx) should be equal to 1 for r = 1, 2, ....., 6, which
r 1
is not possible
43. A
Sol. Use cos 2 = 2 cos2  – 1
44. A, B
2
5  1
Sol. g  x   ax 2    sinb  
4  2
45. A, B, C
Sol. Let equation of asymptotes be A : 2x 2 + 12xy – 7y2 – 16x + 2y + d = 0 where ‘d’ is given by  = 0
Angle bisectors of asymptotes give principal axis
46. B, D
Sol. Length of chord joining P(t1) and Q(t2) is t1  t 2  t1  t 2 2  4

2
As PQ is normal at P  t 2   t1 . Length is minimum for t12  2 i.e., t1   2
t1
 P is  2, 2 2  or  2,  2 2  , A is (–2, 0) and B is (4, 0)
Area of PAB is 6 2 sq. units and circumcenter is focus
47. A, B, C, D

Sol. For   , particle can pass through all point on coordinate axes
2

For   , if particle always changes its direction anticlockwise, then if will lie on x  3y  8  0
6
after 2019 seconds
48. A, D

Sol. 2sin x cos x   tan x  2sin x cos x  tan x  x  n  ,nW
4
49. A, C
m2  1
Sol. Let tangent of slope m be y  mx  m2  1 , then side length will be 2
m2  1
Also, length of diagonal of square should be greater than or equal to distance between points of
tangency
m2  1 m2  1 2
 2 2 2
2 2
 m2   2  1
m 1 m 1
2 3
m 1 22 2
Side length = 2 (for smallest square) = 2  24
m2  1 42 2
Side length of largest possible square is 2 (as m  )
50. A, B, C
Sol. For distinct real lines h2 > ab and g2 > ac
For coincident lines h2 = ab and g2 = ac
For distinct parallel lines h2 > ab, g2 > ac
51. B
Sol. A1 = , A2 = 4, A3 = 9, A4 = 36
52. A
Sol. Radical centre is incenter of the triangle formed by three lines
53. C
Sol. Minimum perimeter is for orthic triangle whose sides are B
a cos A, b cos B, c cos C
2 3 1 75
a , b = 1, c  (Using sine rule) 1
3 6
1 1 1
So, sides of DEF are , and
2 3 2 3 45 60
A C
54. B
1 1 1
Sol. Radius of circumcircle of DEF = half of circumradius of ABC =  
2 2sin60 2 3
FIITJEE
PART TEST – II
JEE (Advanced)-2020
PAPER – 2
TEST DATE: 17-11-2019
 Each Part is further divided into One Section: Section-A.
1. Section–A (01 – 07, 19 – 25, 37 – 43) contains 21 multiple choice questions which have only one
answer.
Section-A (08– 14, 26 – 32, 44 – 50) contains 21 multiple choice questions which have one or
more than one correct answer. Each question carries +4 marks for correct answer and –2 marks
for wrong answer
Partial Marks +1 for each correct option provided no incorrect option is selected.
Section–A (15 – 18, 33 – 36, 51 – 54) contains 6 paragraphs. Each paragraph is having 2 multiple
choice questions having 4 options with only one correct answer. Each question carries +3 marks
for correct answer. There is no negative marking.
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A current carrying wire is placed in the grooves of an B

insulating semicircular disc of radius R as shown in the figure.
i A
The current enters at point A and leaves from point B. The i
magnetic field at point D is 30°
0 i 30°
(A) C D
4 3R
center R
 0i
(B)
8 3R
 0i
(C)
2 3R
(D) Zero
2. N large square metallic plates are separated by a small Q1 Q2 Q3 QN

distance and arranged parallel to its nearby plates as
shown in the figure. Each of the plates are imparted
charges Q1, Q2 ………….. QN respectively.
Choose the correct answer(s) from the options.
(A) Charges on the outermost surfaces of the plate system are equal and opposite.
(B) If the plate 1 is earthed, then charge flown to the earth is Q1.
N
Q i1
i
(C) If the plate 3 is earthed, then charge flown to the earth is
N
N
(D) If the plate 4 is earthed, the charge flown to the earth is Q
i1
i .
3. Three identical large metal plates each of area ‘A’ are d d

placed parallel to each other at equal distance d as
shown. Initially metal plate ‘a’ is uncharged, while metal
plates b and c have respective charges +q0 and –q0
initially as shown. Metal plates a and c are connected by
switch K through resistor of resistance R. The key K is a b c
closed at time t = 0. Then the magnitude of current
through the resistor at any time t is
 dt
R K
q0 d RA0
(A) e
RA0
2dt
q0 d RA0
(B) e
RA0
 dt
q0 d RA0
(C) e
2RA0
2dt
q0 d RA0
(D) e
2RA0
4. A spherical black body has a radius R and steady surface temperature T, heat sources ensure
the heat evolution at a constant rate and distributed uniformly over its volume. What should be
the new steady state surface temperature of the object if the radius is decreased by half?
Assume surrounding to be at absolute zero and heat evolution rate through unit volume remain
same.
1
(A)  2 4 T
(B) 2T
T
(C) 1
2 4
T
(D)
2
5. Three charged conducting metal spheres of radius R1, R2 and R3 are connected together by very
thin wires and they are separated by large distances from each other. If R1 < R2 < R3, at
equilibrium, which of the following sets of relations involving the electric field strength E generated
by a sphere at a point just outside the surface, its potential V and its charge Q must hold between
the spheres.
(A) V 1 = V 2 = V 3, E 1 < E 2 < E 3, Q 1 < Q 2 < Q 3
(B) V 1 = V 2 = V 3, E 1 > E 2 > E 3, Q 1 < Q 2 < Q 3
(C) V 1 < V 2 < V 3, E 1 < E 2 < E 3, Q 1 = Q 2 = Q 3
(D) V 1 > V 2 > V 3, E 1 < E 2 < E 3, Q 1 > Q 2 > Q 3
6. A conical metal beam is placed between two constant

20°C 100°C
temperature surface. The surfaces are at 20°C and 100C as
shown in the figure. Which one of the following graphs best
represents the temperature along the axis of the beam at a
distance ‘x’ from the left end in steady state?
T
(A)
x
T
(B)
x
T
(C)
x
T
(D)
7. Three concentric thin shells are shown carrying charges q1, q2 and
q3 and of radii a, b and c respectively. If the middle shell expands
from radius b to b (b < c). The work done by the electric field in
the process is
b a
q1
q2
c
q3
1  q22 q22 q1q2 q1q2 

(A)     
40  2b 2b b b 
1  q22 q22 q1q2 q1q2 
(B)     
40  2b 2b b b 
1  q22 q22 
(C)   
40  2b 2b 
1  q1q2 q1q2 
(D)   
40  b b 

8. A box has a large electric circuit inside it. When it was connected to C
an AC generator, it was found that it was putting a lot of load on the BOX
1
generator and the power factor of the box was . Now a capacitor
2
of capacitance C was connected in series with the box and the power ~
factor of the circuit becomes equal to 1. Then
AC generator of angular
frequency 
(A) The impedance of the box must be resistive and capacitive.
(B) The impedance of the box must be resistive and inductive.
2
(C) The impedance of the box is
C
1
(D) The impedance of the box is
2 C
9. Consider two identical dielectric slabs that are inserted into two
identical capacitors A and B connected to the battery as shown
in the figure. Now the dielectric slab of capacitor B is pulled out A B
slowly from it with the battery still remaining connected. Then
during the process of removing the dielectric slab, we observe
the following statement(s) to be correct.
+ –
a b
(A) Positive charge flows from a to b.
(B) Final charge on capacitor B will be less than that on capacitor A.
(C) Work is done by the external force F appears completely as heat in the circuit.
(D) Internal energy of the battery increases.
10. The relation between internal energy U, pressure P and Volume V of a gas in an adiabatic
process U = a + b PV, where a and b are positive constants. Then
b 2
(A) Equation for the process is PV b = constant
b 1
(B) Equation for the process is PV b = constant
(C) The gas must be monoatomic
(D) The gas must be diatomic
11. Figure shows a potentiometer circuit. The length of 6V

potentiometer wire AB is 120 cm and its resistance 1
is 2 . The internal resistance of 2V cell is negligible
and the internal resistance of 6V cell is 1  initially
the switches S1 and S2 are open and S3 is closed. A B
S1 G
S3
S2
1 2
2V
(A) When only S2 is open, balanced length   20 cm

(B) When only S1 is open, balanced length   60 cm
(C) When all three switches are closed, balanced length is 60 cm
(D) When S3 is open, S2 is also open but S1 is closed, balance length is 60 cm
12. Two identical objects A and B are at temperatures TA and TB respectively. Both objects are
placed in a room with perfectly absorbing walls maintained at a temperature. T(TA > T > TB). The
objects A and B attain the temperature T eventually. Select the correct statements from the
following
(A) A only emits radiation, while B only absorbs it until both attain the final temperature T.
(B) A loses more heat by radiation than it absorbs, while B absorbs more radiation than it
emits, until they attain the temperature T.
(C) Both A and B only absorbs radiation, but do not emit it, until they attain the
temperature T.
(D) Each object continues to emit and absorb radiation even after attaining the
temperature T.
13. In the circuit shown in figure, V1 and V2 are two voltmeters 250V
having resistances 6 K and 4 K respectively. The emf of the
battery is 250 V, having negligible internal resistance. The
resistances R1 = 4 K and R2 = 6 K are also connected in the
circuit as shown. Choose the correct option(s). V1 V2
S
R1 = 4k R2 = 6k
(A) When switch S is open, then readings of voltmeters are V1 = 100 V and V2 = 150 V.
(B) When switch S is open, then readings of voltmeters are V1 = 150 V and V2 = 100 V.
(C) When switch S is closed, then readings of voltmeter are V1 = 100 V and V2 = 150 V.
(D) When switch S is closed, then readings of voltmeters are V1 = 125 V and V2 = 125 V.
14. A charged particle ‘P’ leaves the origin with speed v = v0 at some inclination with the x-axis. There
is a uniform magnetic field B along the x-axis. The particle ‘P’ strikes a fixed target ‘T’ on the
x-axis for a minimum value of B = B0. The particle ‘P’ will also strike the target T, if
(A) B = 2B0, v = 2v0
(B) B = 2B0, v = v0
(C) B = B0, v = 2v0
B
(D) B  0 ,v  2v 0
2
Paragraph Type (One Option Correct)
This section contains 02 paragraph each describing theory, experiment, data etc. Four questions relate
to the paragraph. Each question of a paragraph has Only One correct answer among the four choices
(A), (B), (C) and (D).
Paragraph for Question Nos. 15 and 16
The production of electrical power through the use of a conducting fluid moving through a magnetic field
is referred to as a MAGNETO HYDRODYNAMIC (MHD) GENERATOR. A simplistic way of functioning of
MHD is shown in the figure. In the figure shown, a horizontal rectangular plastic pipe of width w and
height h is filled with mercury of electrical conductivity . A pressure difference P is produced by a
turbine which drives this fluid with a constant speed V0. The two opposite vertical walls of a section of the
pipe with length L are made of copper.
To simplify the situation we assume the following.
 Although the fluid is viscous, its speed is uniform over the entire cross-section.
 The speed of the fluid is always proportional to the net external force acting upon it.
 The fluid is incompressible.
These conducting walls are electrically shorted with an external wire as shown in the figure. The
steady state velocity of the fluid after application of magnetic field is v.
Shorting wire
h
v
B z y
x
L
15. The current flowing in the shorting wire in the steady state is
(A) BLhv
(B) BLwv
BL2hv
(C)
w
(D) Bvhw
16. Taking the assumption taken in the MHD working that speed of the fluid is always proportional to
the net external force acting upon it, the expression of steady state velocity v after application of
magnetic field is
P
(A)
B 2 L
Pv 0
(B)
P  B 2Lv 0
Phv 0
(C)
Ph  B 2Lwv 0
Pv 0
(D)
P  B2 wv 0
A nonlinear circuit element can be made out of a parallel plate capacitor and small balls, each of mass m,
that can move between the plates. The balls collide inelastically with the plates, dissipate all kinetic
energy as thermal energy and immediately release all the charge they are carrying to the plate. Almost
instantaneously, the balls then pick up a small charge of magnitude q from the plate, the balls are then
repelled directly towards the other plate under electrostatic forces only. Another collision happens, kinetic
energy is dissipated, the balls give up the charge, collect a new charge and the cycle repeats. There are
n0 balls per unit surface area of the plates. The capacitor has a capacitance C, the separation ‘d’ between
the plates is much larger than the radius r of the balls. A battery is connected to the plates in order to
maintain a constant potential difference V. Neglect edge effects and assume magnetic and gravitational
forces to be negligible. (0 is permittivity of free space)
17. The current between the plates in terms of any or all of the given parameters 0, m, n0, c, q and V
is
2Cn0 q qV
(A)
0 m
Cn0 q 2qV
(B)
0 m
Cn0 q qV
(C)
0 m
Cn0 q qV
(D)
0 2m
18. The effective resistance of the device in terms of any or all of the given parameters 0, m, n0, c, q
and V is
0 mV
(A)
Cn0 q q
0 2mV
(B)
Cn0 q q
0 mV
(C)
Cn0 q 2q
20 mV
(D)
Cn0 q q
SECTION – A
19. The order of increasing nucleophilicity of the anions (in polar protic solvent)
O O
H3C C O , CN 
H3C S O , C2H5O  ,
CH3  CH2  S
I II
O IV V
III
(A) V < I < III < II < IV
(B) III < I < IV < II < V
(C) III < II < I < IV < V
(D) II < III < I < V < IV
20. Aspartame is an artificial non-saccharide sweetner 200 times sweeter than sucrose and is
commonly used as a sugar substitute in foods and beverages. Structure of Aspartame is given
below:
O
O OCH3
NH
OH NH2 O
Which of the following is correct about aspartame?
(A) It contains 4 functional groups and on hydrolysis produce 2 essential amino acids
(B) It contains 5 functional groups and on hydrolysis produce one essential and one non
essential amino acids
(C) It contains 4 functional group and on hydrolysis produce 2 non essential amino acids.
(D) It contains a 4 functional groups and on hydrolysis produce 1 essential and 1 non
essential amino acids.
21. When trans-2 methyl cyclopentanol is treated with tosyl chloride and the product with potassium
tert-butoxide; then the final product would be
(A) Methyl-cyclopentene
(B) 3-methyl cyclopentene
(C) Mixture of A and B
(D) t-butoxy cyclopentane
22. Correct increasing order of acidic strength among

Formic acid (I), Acetic acid (II), Oxalic acid (III) and Malonic acid (IV) would be:
(A) II < I < IV < III
(B) II < IV < I < III
(C) I < II < IV < III
(D) III < IV < II < I
23. Upon treatment with sulphuric acid, a mixture of tert-butyl alcohol and ethyl alcohol at room
temperature gives mainly
(A) diethyl ether
(B) iso butane
(C) Di-t-butyl ether
(D) Tert-butyl ethyl ether
24. OH
 i HBr HI
 P 
excess
Q
 ii OH
OH
(A) I
OH
(B) I
I
(C) Br
OH
(D) I
25. Terreic acids (C7H6O4) is a naturally occurring antibiotic substance. Which of the following
structure is most stable form of terreic acid
(A) O
O
CH3
H
O
(B) O
OH
CH3
O
(C) O
OH
(D) O
HO O
CH3
HO
H
O

26. Which of the following compound/s is/are a D-sugar that gives an optically active pentitol on
reduction?
(A) CHO
OH
HO
OH
CH2OH
(B) CHO
OH
OH
OH
CH2 OH
(C) CHO
OH
OH
HO
CH2OH
(D) CHO
HO
OH
OH
CH2OH
27.
H G3
i  Li Al
R H
O
G1 G2
C Al
R R OH
ii H3O  R
Which of the following statement(s) is/are correct about the above reaction
(A) Rate of reaction decreases as the size of R increases
(B) Reaction rate is more when G1 = G2 = G3 = H (LAH) than When G1 = G2 = G3 =

CH3
O C CH3 (LTBA)
CH3
(C) LTBA is much more sterically hindered compared to LAH and therefore, have difficulty in
transferring hydride ions.
(D) LTBA is used to selectively reduce aldehydes and ketones in the presence of esters.
28. H1
H2
Biphenylene
Which of the following statement(s) is/are correct about Biphenylene?
(A) It is a dimer of reactive intermediate benzyne
(B) All C – C bonds have equal length
(C) H1 is more acidic than H2
(D) Due to the influence of central ring it has lesser degree of aromaticity.
29. Which of the following is/are arranged in correct mentioned order

(A) H3C
CH3
CH3
H3C
, ,
CH3 CH3
(increasing stability)
(B) CO 2H CO 2H CO 2H
OH
, ,
OH
(increasing acid strength)
OH
(C) I I I
, O
,
(increasing rate of solvolysis)

(D) Me Me
NH2 NH2 N
Me Me Me Me
,
, Me Me
NO 2 NO 2
(increasing basic strength)
30.  i m ClPBA
 ii LiAlH4  Product

Which of the following is/are correct about product?
(A) It is racemic mixture
(B) Product is a hydrocarbon which can not decolourise Br2 – water
(C) Product can give positive iodoform test
(D) Product is also obtained from the alkene by HBO (hydroboration – oxidation) process
31. O
 i MeMgCl,CuCl
 Major product

ii  Cl
Ph
Which of the following options can not be the major product?
(A)
O
Ph
(B)
O
Me
Ph
(C) O
Me
Ph
(D) O Me
Ph
32. OH
N
PCl5  i OH
  X 
ii H O
 Y  Z
3
 Can give effervescence with NaHCO3   Soluble in aq. HCl
MeO Cl
Identity the correct statements:
(A) (Y) is more acidic than benzoic acid
(B) (Z) is weaker base than aniline
(C) In (X) both the benzene rings are activated towards EAS
(D) Z reacts at much faster rate towards electrophile than Y.
(A), (B), (C) and (D).
PCl3 CH3NH2 LiAlH4

O  MeOH 1 eqv. 
 A   B   C  D
33. What would be correct choice for ‘D’ from the following statements:
(A) On heating with CHCl3 along with aq. KOH produce foul smelling compound.
(B) Produce blue colour in Victor Meyor test.
(C) On treatment with HNO2 produces yellow oily compound.
(D) It can produce substituted ammonium nitrite salt on treatment with HNO2.
 3 i CH I  3 i CH I
34. D 
excess
 E 
excess
 F  G  C3H9N
 ii AgOH,  ii AgOH,
CH2
CH
2,
F  H
Structure of H would be:
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
Paragraph for Question Nos. 35 to 36
O O
 i 2equiv. NaOEt

 ii CH I P
3
OC2H5  iii  ; NaOEt/ 
 O
1. OH
Cannizzaro reaction O 3 ,H2O
R  Q 
2. H3O Zn
 may not be the major product 
35. The correct structure of P, would be
(A)
O
O
(B) O
O
(C)
O O
(D) O
36. INCORRECT statement about R is:

(A) It produces effervescence on addition of NaHCO3.
(B) It give positive iodoform test.
(C) It give coloured compound with 2, 4 DNPH.
(D) It gives reddish brown colouration with freshly prepared FeCl3 solution.
SECTION – A
2 2
37. Let f  x   2019sin x  2019cos x  (where [.] denotes the greatest integer function), then number
of integers in range of f(x) is
(A) 1930
(B) 1931
(C) 1932
(D) none of these
2 2 2
38. Circle x + y – 2x – 3 = 0 intersects parabola y = 4x at points A and B. Let tangents to the
parabola at A and B intersect at point C. If radius of circle increases at a rate of 1 m/s, the speed
of point C after 2019 seconds is (in m/s)
(A) 1
2019
(B)
2
(C) 2019
(D) none of these
39. Let S1 and S2 be two externally tangent circles having the same radius ‘r’. Let L be a direct
common tangent to S1 and S2. If Sn be circle such that it touches Sn – 1 and S1 externally and line
L,  n  3, n  N, then radius of S2020 is
(A) r
r
(B)
2019
r
(C)
 2019 2
r
(D)
 2019 3
40. In a scalene ABC, E and F are points on the sides AC and AB respectively such that BE and CF
are internal angle bisectors of the triangle. If BE and CF intersect at I and IE = IF, then CAB can
be equal to

(A)
3

(B)
2
2
(C)
3
3
(D)
4
 2r 
41. Let A = {x | x  N, x  105, x is coprime with 105} value of  cos  105  is equal to
rA
(A) –3
(B) –1
(C) 0
(D) none of these
6
42. The trigonometric equation  r 3 sin rx   441 (x  R) has
r 1
(A) no solution
(B) unique solution
(C) infinite solutions
(D) finite number of solutions
43. Value of 2  2  2  2  2cos1360 is equal to

(A) 2 cos 5
(B) 2 cos 25
(C) 2 cos 65
(D) 2 cos 85
n
44. Let f  x     r  2  x 2r and g(x) = ax2 + cos2 b + sin b where n  N ; a, b  R. If d(n, a, b)
r 0
represents shortest distance between curves y = f(x) and y = g(x) for given values of n, a, b ; then
3
(A) d(2019, 2020, b) = bR
4
3
(B) d(n, –2018, b) =  b  R, n  N
4
3
(C) d(n, a, b) =  n  N, a, b  R
4
3
(D) d(2020, a, b) =  a, b  R
4
45. For the hyperbola 2x 2 + 12xy – 7y2 – 16x + 2y – 3 = 0, which of the following is/are true?
(A) Equation of its conjugate hyperbola is 2x 2 + 12xy – 7y2 – 16x + 2y + 17 = 0
(B) Its asymptotes are given by 2x 2 + 12xy – 7y2 – 16x + 2y + 7 = 0
(C) Its principal axes are given by 2x2 – 2y2 – x + 7y – 3xy – 3 = 0
(D) Orthocentre of triangle formed by any three points on the hyperbola lies on the hyperbola
itself
46. Let P be a point on the parabola y2 = 4x such that normal chord drawn at P to parabola has
shortest length. If tangent and normal at P intersects axis of parabola at A and B respectively,
then
(A) Slope of normal at P is 2
1
(B) Slope of tangent at P is 
2
(C) Area of PAB is 12 2 sq. units
(D) Circumcenter of PAB is (1, 0)
47. A particle starts from origin and moves at a constant speed of 4 unit/s towards positive x-axis.
The particle changes its direction by angle ‘’ (clockwise or anticlockwise at random) with respect
to its previous direction after every 2 seconds, then

(A) For   , particle can pass through the point (2019, 0)
2
(B) For  = , particle will trace a line segment

(C) For   , particle may lie on the line y  3x  0
3

(D) For   , after 2019 seconds, particle may lie on the line x  3y  8  0
6
48. Let A   x | 1  4sin x cos x  sec 2 x, x  0 , then

(A) elements of set A form an Arithmetic Progression
(B) number of elements of set A which are less than n is n + 1
(C) the sum of smallest four elements is 3
(D) set A contains only irrational elements
2 2
49. A square is formed such that its opposite sides are tangential to the hyperbola x – y = 1.
Determine which of the following is/are true?
(A) Side length of largest possible square is 2
(B) Side length of largest possible square is 2 2
3
(C) Side length of smallest possible square is 2 4
5
(D) Side length of smallest possible square is 2 4
2 2
50. For given pair of lines f(x, y) = ax + by + 2hxy + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0, which of the following is/are
NOT true?
2
(A) If h > ab, then f(x, y) = 0 always represents distinct real lines
(B) If h2 = ab, then f(x, y) = 0 always represents coincident real lines
2
(C) If h = ab, then f(x, y) = 0 always represents distinct real lines
2
(D) If h  ab, then f(x, y) = 0 always represents real lines
(A), (B), (C) and (D).
Read the following write up carefully and answer the following questions:
Consider the lines x = 0, y = 0 and 3x + 4y = 12. Let S1, S2, S3, S4 be four distinct circles with each of
them touching the three lines. Let S1 be the smallest of the four circles. Let Ai and Ci represent the area
and the centre respectively of circle Si for i = 1, 2, 3, 4.
51. Which of the following is true for A1, A2, A3, A4?
(A) Their Arithmetic mean is 25
(B) Their Geometric mean is 6
(C) Their Harmonic mean is 2
(D) None of these
52. Let circles S5, S6, S7 be drawn with C2C3, C3C4 and C4C2 as diameters, then radical centre of the
circles S5, S6, S7 is
(A) (1, 1)
(B) (0, 0)
 3
(C)  2, 
 2
4 
(D)  , 1
3 
Read the following write up carefully and answer the following questions:
Let ABC be a triangle such that ABC = 75, BCA = 60, CAB = 45 and AB = 1 unit. Let D, E, F be
points on sides AB, BC, AC respectively such that perimeter of DEF is minimum
53. Perimeter of DEF is

3
(A)
2
3 1
(B)
2
3 1
(C)
2
(D) none of these
54. Radius of circumcircle of DEF is equal to

(A) 3 1
1
(B)
2 3
1
(C)
3
(D) none of these
FIITJEE
PART TEST – II
JEE (Main)-2020
TEST DATE: 16-11-2019

Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. C
Sol. It is given that at 20C, sphere is floating in liquid but at 35C it begins to sink as on increasing
temperature, liquid expands and its density decreases. At 35C its density becomes equal to that
of the sphere and then the buoyancy force on sphere is just equal to the weight of sphere and its
is fully submerged in the liquid.
Given that density of sphere is
m 250 3
S    1.393 gm/cm
4 3 4 3
r  3.14  (3.5)
3 3
It is given that density of liquid at 0C is 0 = 1.527 gm/cm3 if  is the coefficient of cubical
expansion of liquid, then its density at 35C is given as
0
35 
1  (35)
At 35C, as sphere begins to sink, we have density of sphere = density of liquid
1.527
1.393 
1  (35)
(As sphere does not expand, its density remains constant)
 1.527  1
   1   2.75  10 3 C1
 1.393  35
2. A
Sol. We know that the gas pressure is given as
1 2
P  vrms
3
AITS-PT-II-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Main)/20 2
Now we can write the density of gas as  = m0N, where m0 is the mass of the gas molecule and N
3
is the number of molecules in 1 m of the gas.
6
In the present case, N = 100  10
1
Or P  (100  106 )m0 vrms
2
3
As we know rms velocity of gas molecules is given as
3RT 3kT  R 
vrms    As M  m0Nav and  k
M m0  NAv 
So we have
1
P   (100  106 )  3kT (as T = 3k)
3
P = 4.14  1015 Pa
3. A
Sol. The induced emf across the inductor is e =   iR. Hence the plot of e versus i is a straight line
with negative slope.
4. D
Sol. Figure shows a beam of molecules in cylindrical form striking the wall. wall
According to elastic collision, each molecule is reflected from the wall at
the same angle of incidence as shown with same speed. If m0 is the
mass of each nitrogen molecule, momentum of each molecule is 
P0 = m0v
During collision, change in momentum of each molecule is 
P0 = 2m0vcos 
If S is the cross section area of beam and v be the velocity of molecules
in the beam then number of molecules incident on wall per second are
N = n0vS (n0 = molecule density)
Thus total momentum imparted to the wall per second by the beam and the force exerted on the
wall is
P0
F=  2m0 v cos   n0 vS
t
This equation gives total momentum imparted to the wall per second. This is the net fore exerted
by beam on the wall.
Thus the pressure on the wall by beam is
F cos 
P=  2m0 v 2 cos2   n0
S
28  10 3
=2  9  1024  (400)2  cos2 (30)  105 Pa
6.023  1023
5. A
Sol. Let n be the average number of electrons per unit volume, present in the beam of electrons, then
impulse momentum theorem gives
(nAv) (mv) = F
P = F/A
P
n
(mv 2 )
 P  PAe
 current I = nAev =  2 
Aev 
 mv  mv
3 AITS-PT-II-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Main)/20
6. A
Sol. The potential at centre of sphere in which q charge is uniformly distributed through the volume is
1 3q
VC 
40 2R
By symmetry, the potential at centre due to half sphere will be half of the complete sphere.
V 1 3q / 2 1 3Q
V0  C   (since, q/2 = Q)
2 4 0 2R 40 2R
7. D
Sol.

VB  VA   E x dx  (area under Ex x curve)
1
VB  10    2  ( 20)  20
2
VB = 30 V
8. C
Sol. After the sphere is grounded, potential at centre becomes zero. Let the net charge on the sphere
finally be q.
kq k3Q
 0
r x
3Qr
q 
x
3Qr
The charge following out of sphere is
x
9. A

dx 0

bxdx
b2
Sol. R  A

A

2A
V 2VA
I 
R b 2
I 2V
 j  2
A b
 j = E
bx2V 2V
E = j =  2 x
b2 L
10. A
E
Sol. With both switches open, IA 
R1  R2  R3
With both switches closed, there will be no current through R3,
the current through E and R2 is
E
I 
RR1
R2 
R  R1
Current through the ammeter is
RI RE
IA  
R  R1 (R  R1 )R2  RR1
E

R2R1
R1  R2 
R
As IA = IA
R1R2 100  300
R   600 
R3 50
11. A
Sol. If we consider the cylindrical surface to be a ring of radius R, there will be an induced electric field
due to time varying magnetic field.
  d AdB         
 E  d            
dt dt         
dB dB         
 E(2R)  A  R 2       R  
dt dt         
R dB         
E         
2 dt
        
So, force on the electron         
eR dB F P E
F  Ee  
2 dt
1 eR dB
Acceleration =
2 m dt
Force will be towards left on electron.
12. B
Sol. Charge supplied by battery, Q = 10 C
+15 C 10 C 5 C +5 C +10 C 15 C
1 F 2 F 1 F 1 F 2 F 1 F
15 C +10 C +5 C 5 C 10 C +15 C
20 V 20 V
Work done by battery
W B = (10 C) (20v) = 200 J
Change in potential energy
Stored by capacitors
U = Uf  Ui = 0
Heat loss = W B  U
= 200 J
13. D
3 0i
Sol. Magnetic field due to circular segment =
4 2a
0i 0 i
Due to one straight wire segment  (sin 45  sin0) 
4b 4 2 b
30i 0 i
Net field   2
8a 4 2 b
0 i  3  2
=   
4  2a b 
14. B
  
Sol. qE  q(v  B)
  
E  (v  B)
   
 E  v and E  B
15. B
M Q
Sol. 
L 2m
Q 2
M  mR2 
2m 3
QR2 
M
3
16. D
Sol. We take the ampeiran loop of radius r > R.
Since the loop is outside the cylinder, the current through the loop is
R R
2kR3
I  kr  (2rdr)  2k r 2 dr 
  3
0 0
2kR3 0
 B  2r  0I 
3
0 kR3
B=
3r
17. C
Sol. Due to a wire
 i
B 0 (sin60  sin60)
4 ( / 2 3 )
0 i  3  60i i
 2   2 3 

4  2  4
Magnetic field due to three sides
 18i 60 60
Bnet  3B  0 r
4 

r
2 3
18. C
Sol.  = BS = BR2
= B(R0 + t)2
d
eind    2(R0  t)B
dt
Since flux is increasing eind is anticlockwise
19. A
Sol.   at(T  t)  aTt  at 2
d
eind  
dt
eind = a(T  2t)

e (2at  aT)
iend  ind 
R R
T T
2 (2at  aT)2

H  i Rdt 
0

0
R
dt
T
2 2
 (4a t  a2 T 2  4a2 Tt)dt
1  4a2 T 3 4a2 T 3 
 0
   a 2 T3  
R R 3 2 
a 2 T3
H=
3R
20. A
2 2 2         
Sol.  = Br = (16  4t )r
        
d
eind    8r 2 t       P  
dt     1m
    
        
eind  E  d
 





   
   




2
8 r t  E2r         
R = 2m
8rt         
 E  4rt         
2
at t = 2 sec
E = 8 Volt/m
SECTION – B
21. 2

Sol. q
R
  = qR = area of i-t graph  R
1
= (4)(0.1)  10  0.2  10  2 Weber
2
22. 5
1 p cos 
Sol. V
40 r 2
Here V = 1.8  105 V,  = 60
r = 50  102 = 0.5 m
pcos 60
 1.8  105 = 9  109 
(0.5)2
1.8  105  0.25  2
Dipole moment, p  9
 105 C-m
9  10
SECTION – C
23. 00241.50
3
Sol. We know work done by a gas is given by the V(m )
area under PV curve or the area between PV-
1
curve and the volume axis. Generally we take in 2.5  104
this process volume of gas decreases thus work
is done on the gas and it is given as 1  104 2
1
 W    1.5  10 4  (2  5)  105  52.5 Joule
2
5 5 2
210 510 P(N/m )
It is given that heat rejected in the process is 70 cal. Thus
Q = 70 cal = 70  4.2 J = 294 J
Now from first law of thermodynamics, we have
Q = W + U
U = Q  W
= (294)  (52.5) = 241.5 J
Thus in the process, internal energy of gas decreases by 241.5 J
24. 00002.80
Sol. Balanced Wheat stone Bridge
6 3
P
7
6 3
7 A B
10 4
A B 8
8 4
Q
14
Ceq  F = 2.80 F
5
25. 10021.34
Sol. We know rms velocity of gas molecules is given as

3RT
v rms 
M
As v rms is directly proportional to T , to double rms speed temperature must be raised to four
times, Tf = 1200 k. As the gas is enclosed in a container of constant volume, the heat required is
Q = U
= nCVT
5 15 5
= n RT    8.314  900
2 28 2
= 10021.34 Joule
SECTION – A
26. C
Sol. 6HCHO  4NH3   CH2 6 N4
Degree of unsaturation of  CH2 6 N4  3 .
27. D
o
Sol. Gabriel’s phthalimide synthesis involves SN2 reaction, thus 3 butyl amine cannot be prepared
through this method.
28. D
Sol. Conjugate base is stabilized through four equivalent resonating structures.
O OH
O OH
O O O O O O O O
  
O O O O O O O O
29. C
Sol. As it has no plane of symmetry and point of symmetry.
30. D
Sol. O OH




N N
H
Enol form is aromatic.
31. C
Sol. SNi reaction involves retention in configuration.
32. C
Sol. O
|| 
OH
Cl3 C  C H   CHCl3  HCOO
33. B
Sol. Cl
+
NH2 N2 Cl CN
NaNH2

 Liq. NH3
 i NaNO2
  CuCN
dil. HCl 
CH3 CH3 CH3 CH3
34. D
Sol. As after removal the carbocation becomes aromatic.
35. C
Sol. Glucose can be oxidized by Br2/H2O but fructose does not respond in the reaction, as it is a
ketose.
36. C
Sol. Due to presence of two amino groups.
37. D
Sol. Extracted of H is the rate determining step in haloform reaction.
38. C
Sol. O
i  CH MgBr
H2C CH2 
3
 ii H
 CH3  CH2  CH2  OH
39. D
Sol. CH3
H3C CH3
H2 H D
C C 
Ni

H D
D D
CH3
If the substrate has ‘cis’ configuration, on syn addition, a ‘meso’ compound is generated.
40. B
Sol. O
O
C
Cl C
NH3 NH2 NH2
 
Br2 /NaOH
Cl  
Cl
Cl
CH3
CH3
CH3
41. C
Sol. COOH
O OH


  CO2
After decarboxylation, double bond appears at bridgehead position.
42. D
Sol. NH4 2 CO3  2NH3  CO2  2H2O

NH3
 
O O N
Option (D) is incorrect.
43. D
Sol. Aldol condensation takes place through the formation of enolate anion.
44. C
Sol. A hemiacetal can respond in Fehling’s test.
45. D
Sol. A large base always extracts less substituted H.
SECTION – B
46. 3
Sol. All are antiaromatic.
47. 3
Sol. O
O3
O

Zn
   CH2  O
O
 2 eq
O
SECTION – C
48. 00083.00
49. 00099.40
50. 00014.40
SECTION – A
51. B
Sol. sin–1(sin 12) + cos–1(cos 12) = 0
52. C
cos(rB – (n – r)A) is real part of eirB  n r A 
 
Sol.
53. C
4h2
Sol. Centre lies on the line y = x. Let it be (h, h) and radius be r, r 2 
4  92
54. B
Sol. Find foot of perpendicular from (2, 1) on the directrix say (, )
Now, image of (, ) abt tangent is focus
 1 3  11 3 
On solving  ,      ,   ; focus  , 
 2 2  2 2
55. A
2 2
Sol. x – y = –cos 2 is the director circle which does not exist
56. A
Sol. Let the orthocentre be (h, k), image w.r.t AB will lie on the circle, so (x – 1)2 + (y + 1)2 = 5
57. D
c c
Sol. OT2 = OA·OB =  = 
a a
58. A
Sol. e1 < 1 < e2 ; f(1) < 0 ; a > 3
59. B
Sol. Locus is xy = 4
60. A
Sol. Domain [–1, 1] ; f(x) > 0 
Range is [f(–1), f(1)]
61. D
x 2  82  152
Sol. cos   , –1 < cos  < 0
16x
on solving 7 < x < 13, x  {8, 9, 10, 11, 12}
62. B
1 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1
Sol.   ;a +b =c , 2  2  2
a b c b c a
c2 a2 c
Solving, we get 1  2  2  2 a
a c
a 2 1
Let t  ; t  2  3  0 
c t b
5 1 a
 t   sin 
2 c
63. C
2
Sol. Lines are y – 1 = tan (x – 1) and (y – 1) = cot (x – 1) multiply and compare sin2 
a2
64. B
4
Sol. y = mx + and hx – ky = h2 – k2 represents same line
m
65. D
n
Sol. C2  n C3  n = 5
66. C
Sol. Equation of asymptotes are x – 1 = 0 and y – 1 = 0 hyperbola passes through (3, 2)
Equation of hyperbola is xy = x + y + 1
67. B
r1  r2
Sol. Curve is hyperbola and e   2
r1  r2
68. A
Sol. Shown in the figure
AD = BD = PD C
P(1, 2)
A B
D
69. C
n

Sol. lim
n 
 tan1 r 2  r   tan1 r 2  r   tan1   tan1 0  2
r 1
70. B
 
Sol. f    f      1
2 
SECTION – B
71. 3
1
Sol. cot 120 = cot (76 + 44) = 
3
1
cot 76 cot 44 = 1  (cot 76 + cot 44)
3
72. 1
   
Sol. r1 + r 3 = r 2 – r    
sa sc sb s

On solving B  and A + C = 90
2
sec2(90 – C) + cos2 90 – cot2 C = cosec2 C – cot2 C = 1
SECTION – C
73. 00011.00
1
Sol. (s – a)(s – b) = 11 gives ab = 22     22   11
2
74. 00025.00
Sol. Take the image of (4 + 4 cos , 3 + 3 sin ) and then eliminate 
75. 00014.75
236 236
Sol. Use parametric form and satisfy in the ellipse, product of roots = 
16  9 sin2  16
FIITJEE
PART TEST – II
JEE (Main)-2020
TEST DATE: 16-11-2019
answer.
negative marking.
AITS-PT-II-PCM-JEE(Main)/20 2
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A

1. A sphere of radius 3.5 cm and mass 250 gm floats in a liquid at 20C. As the temperature is
raised, the sphere just begins to sink at a temperature of 35C. If the density of liquid at 0C is
3
1.527 gm/cm , find the coefficient of cubical expansion of the liquid. Neglect expansion of the
sphere.
(A) 1.30  103 C1
(B) 5.61  103 C1
(C) 2.75  103 C1
(D) 8.68  105 C1
3
2. In a certain region of outer space there are only 100 molecules per cm on an average. The
temperature there is about 3K. What is the average pressure of this very dilute gas?
(A) 4.14  1015 Pa
(B) 1.14  1015 Pa
(C) 8.28  1014 Pa
(D) 9.50  1014 Pa
3. In an L-R circuit connected to a battery of constant emf , switch S is R L

closed at time t = 0. If e denotes the induced emf across inductor
and i the current in the circuit at any time t. Then which of the
following graphs shows the variation of e with i?
S 
e
(A)
i
e
(B)
i
e
(C)
3 AITS-PT-II-PCM-JEE(Main)/20
(D)
4. A parallel beam of nitrogen molecules moving with velocity v = 400 m/s impinges on a wall at an
angle  = 30 to its normal. The concentration of molecule in the beam n0 = 0.9  1019 cm3. Find
the pressure exerted by the beam on the wall assuming the collisions of molecules with the wall
are perfectly elastic.
6
(A) 10 Pa
7
(B) 10 Pa
4
(C) 10 Pa
(D) 105 Pa
5. A beam of fast moving electrons having cross section area A falls normally on flat surface. The
electrons are absorbed by the surface and the average pressure exerted by the electrons on this
surface is found to be P. If the electrons are moving with a speed v, then the effective current
through any cross section of the electrons beam is
APe
(A)
(mv)
APe
(B)
(mv 2 )
2APe
(C)
(mv)
APm
(D)
(ev)
6. Charge Q coulombs is uniformly distributed through out the volume of a solid

hemisphere of radius R meters. Then find the potential at centre O of the R
hemisphere in volts.
O
1 3Q
(A)
40 2R
1 3Q
(B)
40 4R
1 Q
(C)
40 4R
1 Q
(D)
40 8R
7. A graph of the X component of the electric field as a Ex(N/C)

function of x in a region of space is shown. The Y and
Z components of the electric field are zero in this 20
region. If the electric potential is 10V at the origin,
then find the potential at x = 2.0 m. 1 2 3 4 5
0
x(m)
20
(A) 10 V
(B) 40 V
(C) 10 V
(D) 30 V
8. Two particles having positive charges +Q and +2Q are fixed at

equal distance x from the centre of a conducting sphere x r x
having zero net charge and radius r as shown. Initially the +Q +2Q
switch S is open. After the switch S is closed, then find the net
charge following out of sphere.
S
Qr
(A)
x
Qr
(B) 
x
3Qr
(C)
x
3Qr
(D) 
x
9. A cylindrical solid rod of length L and radius ‘a’ is connected

P a
across a source of emf V and negligible internal resistance as x
shown in the figure. The resistivity of the rod at point P at a
distance ‘x’ from left end is given by  = bx (where b is a positive L
constant). Find the electric field at point P.
V
2V
(A) x
L2
V
(B) x
L2
4V
(C) x
L2
8V
(D) x
L2
10. In the circuit shown, the reading of the ammeter R1 = 100 

A
(ideal) is the same with both switches open as with
both closed. Find the value of resistance R in .
R3 = 50 
R
E
+ 
R2 = 300 
(A) 600
(B) 800
(C) 400
(D) 300
11. A uniform magnetic field of induction B is confined to cylindrical         

region of radius R. The magnetic field is increasing at a constant         
        
dB
rate of (TS 1 ). An electron of charge e, placed at the point P         
dt       R  
on the periphery of the field experiences an acceleration.         
        
        
        
        
P
1 eR dB
(A) towards left
2 m dt
1 eR dB
(B) towards right
2 m dt
eR dB
(C) towards left
m dt
(D) zero
12. The amount of heat liberated when the switch S is

2 F
shifted from position 1 to 2 is
1 F 1 F
S
2 1
20 V
(A) 180 J
(B) 200 J
(C) 220 J
(D) 210 J
13. Find the magnitude of magnetic field at O (centre of the b

circular part) of the current carrying coil as shown.
b
i
/2
O
a
i
0 i  3  2
(A)   
4  a b 
0 i  3  2
(B)   
2  2a b 
0 i   3 
(C)   
2  3a 2b 
0 i  3  2
(D)   
4  2a b 
14. If a charged particle goes un accelerated in a region containing electric and magnetic fields, then
which of the following is true? 
(A) E must be parallel to B 
(B) V must be perpendicular to E .
 
(C) E must be equal to B
 
(D) V must be perpendicular to B .
15. A nonconducting spherical shell of radius ‘R’ and uniformly charged on its surface with charge ‘Q’
is rotating about its diametrical axis with a constant angular velocity ‘’. Find the magnetic
moment of the sphere.
QR2 
(A)
2
QR2 
(B)
3
QR2 
(C)
4
(D) none of these
16. The current density (current per unit area) in a solid cylinder of radius R
varies with distance r from its axis as J = kr, where k is a constant. Find
J = kr
the magnetic field at a point P where r > R.
R
0 kR2
(A)
r
0 kR3
(B)
r
0 kR3
(C)
2r
0 kR3
(D)
3r
17. An equilateral triangular loop of wire of side  carries a current i. The magnetic field produced at
the circum centre of the loop is
0 3 3i
(A)
4 
0 9i
(B)
4 
0 18i
(C)
4 
0 6i
(D)
4 
18. A conducting loop of radius R is present in a uniform magnetic         

field B perpendicular to the plane of the ring. If radius R varies  B       
        
as a function of time ‘t’ as R = R0 + t, the emf induced in the
        
loop is         
        
      R  
        
        
        
(A) 4(R0 + t)B
(B) (R0 + t)B clockwise
(C) 2(R0 + t)B anticlockwise
(D) zero
19. The magnetic flux through a conducting loop with resistance R varies during interval of time T as
 = at(T  t). The heat generated during this time, neglecting the inductance of loop will be
a 2 T3
(A)
3R
a2 T 2
(B)
3R
a2 T
(C)
3R
a 2 T3
(D)
R
20. The magnetic field in a certain cylindrical region is changing with         

        
time according to the law B  (16  4t 2 ) Tesla. The induced         
electric field at point P at time t = 2sec.      P
 1m  
        
        
        
    R= 2m
   
        
        
(A) 8 Volt/m
(B) 6 Volt/m
(C) 4 Volt/m
(D) none of these
SECTION – B
21. When magnetic flux through a coil is changed, the variation of induced i(amp)
current in the coil with time is as shown in graph. If resistance of coil is
10, then the total change in flux (in Weber) of coil will be 4
0.1 t(s)
5
22. The potential at a point P due to a point electric

dipole is 1.8  0 V. If P is at a distance of 50 cm
from the centre O of the dipole and if vector OP makes an angle 60 with the positive side of the
axial line of the dipole, the dipole moment of the dipole is 10n C-m. Find the value of n.
SECTION – C
3
23. A gas is taken from State-1 to State-2 along the path V(m )
shown in the figure. If 70 cal of heat is rejected by
1
the gas in the process. Find the magnitude of 2.5  104
change in internal energy (in Joule) of the system.
1  104 2
5 5 2
210 510 P(N/m )
24. In the circuit diagram shown, all the capacitors are in F. The 6 3 7
equivalent capacitance between points A and B is (in F) A B
8 10 4
25. 15 gm of nitrogen is enclosed in a container of constant volume at temperature T = 300 K. Find

the amount of heat (in Joule) required to double the root mean square velocity of these
molecules.
SECTION – A

26. What is the degree of unsaturation of the compound formed by the reaction of formaldehyde with
excess of ammonia?
(A) 6
(B) 4
(C) 3
(D) 5
27. Which of the amines can not be prepared by Gabriel’s phthalimide synthesis?
(A) CH3 – CH2 – CH2 – NH2
(B) CH3 – CH2 – NH2
(C) CH3 – NH2
CH3
(D) H3C C NH2
CH3
28. Which of the following acid is the strongest acid?
(A)
NO 2 OH
(B)
OH
(C) CH3 – CH2COOH

(D) O OH
O OH
29. Which of the following molecule is chiral?

(A) O
H O CH3
H3C H
O
O
(B) HO OH
(C) O
H3C O CH3
H H
O
O
(D) H CH3
C C C
H H
30. Which of the compound has most stable enol form?

(A) OH
HO OH
(B) O
O
(C) O
O
(D) O
N
H
31. OH
SOCl2
H  P  SO2  HCl
The structure of P is:

(A) H
Cl
(B)
(C) Cl
H
(D) Both A and C are in equal ratio
32. Which of the following compounds does not undergo Cannizzaro reaction?
(A) O
D C H
(B) O
C D
(C) O
CCl 3 C H
(D)
CHO
O
33. Cl
NaNH2  i NaNO

Liq. NH3
 D 
dil. HCl
2
E
 ii  CuCN/KCN
CH3
Find out the product E.
(A) CN
CH3
(B) CN
CH3
(C) NC
CH3
(D) COOH
CH3
34.
Cl  d 
CH2 Cl  c 
AgNO3
 
Cl  a  Cl  b 
Which of the Cl is removed in fastest rate?
(A) Cl (a)
(B) Cl (b)
(C) Cl (c)
(D) Cl (d)
35. D-glucose and D-fructose can be distinguished by

(A) Fehling’s Test
(B) Tollen’s Test
(C) Br2/H2O
(D) Osazone formation
36. Which of the amino acids is a basic amino acid?

(A) COOH
NH2
(B) COOH
HOOC
NH2
(C) COOH
H2N NH2
(D) COOH
H2N Cl
37. Which of the reaction takes place in fastest rate?

(A) O O
CH3  i NaOH/I OH
 2

  CHI3
ii H
D D
(B) O
COOH
CH3  i NaOH/Br2


  CHBr3
 ii H
H3C H3C
(C) O
COOH
CH3 
i NaOH/Cl2
  CHCl3
 ii H
(D) NO2 O NO2 O
CH3  i NaOH/I OH


2
  CHI3
 ii H
38. Which of the following compound produces primary alcohol on reaction with CH3MgBr?
(A) CH3 – CH = O
(B) O
(C) O
H2C CH2
(D) CH3 – C  N
39. Which of the following reactions results meso compound as the product?
(A) H3C H
Cold
C C 
dil. KMnO

4
H CH3
(B) O
C C
H3C H dil. NaOH

H3C CH3
(C) H3C H
Br2
C C 
CCl

4
H CH3
(D) H3C CH3
H2
C C 
Ni

D D
40. Identify ‘X’ in the following sequence of reaction

CH3
Cl
NH3 Br2 /NaOH/ 
C8H6Cl2O 
 C8H8ClNO 

 X H2N
(A) O
Cl C
Cl
H3C
(B) O
C
Cl
Cl
CH3
(C) CHO
Cl
CH2Cl
(D)
Cl
O CH3
41. Which of the following compounds is most difficult to decarboxylate?

(A) O
COOH
(B) O 2N COOH
CH3
(C) COOH
O
(D) O
COOH
42.
 NH  CO
4 2


3
X
O O
Which of the following statement is INCORRECT?
(A) The product X has a five membered ring.
(B) The product X is aromatic.
(C) The degree of unsaturation of the product X is 3.
(D) The product X has a six membered ring.
43. Which of the following reactions does not proceed through the formation of a carbocation?
(A) Ph
Conc. HBr
H OH 


CH3
(B)
AgNO
Cl 
H O
3
 2
(C) CH3
NaNO
H3C C NH2  2
dil. HCl

H
(D) O
NaOH/ 
O  
 2 eq.
44. Which of the compounds can respond in Fehling’s test?
(A) H3C O
(B) Ph
OH
C
H3C
OCH 3
(C)
O OH
(D)
O O
45. Which of the following reaction leads to the Hoffmann’s product?

(A) CH  CH  CH  CH  OH  Conc. H2SO 4
3 2 2 2 
(B) CH3  CH2  CH  CH3  1. TsCl/Pyridine
OH
(C) Alc. KOH
CH3  CH2  CH  CH3 
Cl
(D) NaOBu
CH3  CH2  CH  CH3  
t
But OH/ 
Cl
SECTION – B
46. Find out the number of species which are destabilized through conjugation?
BH
47. Find out the number of different products obtained on the ozonolysis of the following compounds:
SECTION – C
48. Optically pure (S) (+) 2-bromo octane ( = 36o) reacts with aqueous NaOH in acetone to give
o
optically pure (R) (–) 2 octanol, ( = - 10.3 ). With partially racemised bromo compound whose
o o
( = 30 ). Specific rotation of alcohol is – 6.0 . What is the optical purity of partially racemised
product?
49. The relative reactivity of 1oH, 2oH, & 3oH in bromination reaction if found to be 1 : 82 : 1600
respectively
Br

h 
2
 Br
Br
A B
What is the % yield of A?
50. CH2OH
conc. H2SO4
HOH2C CH2OH
 
X
M
If the molecular wt. of X is M, then ?
5
SECTION – A

2 –1 –1
51. The least value of n for which (n – 2)x + 8x + (n + 4) > sin (sin 12) + cos (cos 12)  x  R (n 
N) is
(A) 4
(B) 5
(C) 6
(D) 7
n
52. In a triangle ABC,  n Cr ar bnr cos rB   n  r  A  is equal to (where a, b, c represents the sides
r 0
and A, B, C represents the angles of ABC)

n
(A) a
n
(B) b
n
(C) c
(D) none of these
53. The radius of the circle touching the pair of lines 7x 2 – 18xy + 7y2 = 0 and the circle
2 2
x + y – 8x – 8y = 0 and is contained in the given circle is
(A) 10
(B) 3
(C) 2 2
(D) 7
54. A parabola having directrix x + y + 2 = 0 touches a line 2x + y – 5 = 0 at (2, 1). Then the semi
latus rectum of the parabola is
8
(A)
2
9
(B)
2
10
(C)
2
11
(D)
2
55. Number of points from which pair of perpendicular tangents can be drawn to hyperbola
 
x2 cosec2  – y2 sec2  = 1, is    0, 
 4
(A) 0
(B) 1
(C) 2
(D) infinite
56. Let AB be the chord of contact of the point (5, –5) w.r.t the circle x 2 + y2 = 5, then the locus of the
orthocentre of PAB where P is any point moving on the circle is
(A) (x – 1)2 + (y + 1)2 = 5
2 2 5
(B) (x – 1) + (y + 1) =
2
2 2
(C) (x + 1) + (y – 1) = 5
5
(D) (x + 1)2 + (y – 1)2 =
2
57. A parabola y = ax2 + bx + c crosses the x-axis at (, 0), (, 0) both to the right of the origin. A
circle also passes through these 2 points. The length of tangent from the origin to the circle is
bc
(A)
a
(B) ac2
b
(C)
a
c
(D)
a
58. If e1 and e2 are the roots of the equation x 2 – ax + 2 = 0 where e1 and e2 are the eccentricities of
an ellipse and hyperbola respectively, then a belongs to
(A) (3, )
(B) (2, )
(C) (1, )
(D) (–, 1)  (1, 2)
59. If the locus of a point, whose chord of contact with respect to the circle x 2 + y2 = 4 is a tangent to
2 2
the curve xy = 1 is xy = c , then the value of c is
(A) 2
(B) 4
1
(C)
2
1
(D)
4
60. Let f(x) = sin x + cos x + tan x + sin–1 x + tan–1 x + cos–1 x. If M and m are maximum and minimum
values of f(x), then its sum is
(A)  + 2 cos 1
(B)  + 2 sin 1

(C)  2 tan 1
2
(D)  + tan 1 + sin 1
61. Consider an obtuse angled triangle with sides 8 cm, 15 cm and x cm (largest side being 15 cm). If
x is an integer, then number of possible triangles are
(A) 4
(B) 6
(C) 7
(D) 5
62. In a right angled triangle, the smallest angle is . A triangle which is taking the reciprocal of sides
is also a right angled triangle, then sin  is equal to
5 1
(A)
4
5 1
(B)
2
5 1
(C)
4
2 1
(D)
2
63. If the equation of pair of straight lines passing through (1, 1), one making an angle  with the
2
positive direction of x-axis and other making the same angle with positive direction of y-axis is x
2
– (a + 2)xy + y + a(x + y – 1) = 0, a  –2, then sin 2 is
(A) (a – 2)
(B) a+2
2
(C)
a2
2
(D)
a
2 2 2
64. If the chords of the hyperbola x – y = 16 touches the parabola y = 16x, then the locus of the
middle points of these chords is a curve
(A) y2(x + 4) = x3
(B) y2(x – 4) = x3
(C) y2(x + 8) = 3x 3
2 3
(D) y (x – 8) = 2x
65. If the number of radical axis of a system of circles is same as number of radical centres, then
number of circles in that particular system is
(A) 4
(B) 6
(C) 10
(D) 5
66. The vertices of a ABC lie on a rectangular hyperbola such that the orthocentre of the triangle is
(3, 2) and the asymptotes of the rectangular hyperbola are parallel to coordinate axes. If the two
perpendicular tangents of the hyperbola intersect at (1, 1), then equation of the rectangular
hyperbola is
(A) xy = 2x + y – 2
(B) 2xy = x + 2y + 5
(C) xy = x + y + 1
(D) none of these
67. The locus of the centre of a variable circle touching two circles of radius r1 and r2 externally which
r
also touch each other externally is a conic. The eccentricity of the conic, if 1  3  2 2 is
r2
(A) 1
(B) 2
1
(C)
2
(D) 2 2
2 2 
68. AB is any chord of the circle x + y – 6x – 8y – 11 = 0 which subtends an angle of at (1, 2). If
2
locus of mid-point of AB is x2 + y2 – 2ax – 2by – c = 0, then a + b + c is
(A) 8
(B) 10
(C) 6
(D) 12
 3 1
n r r  r 
1
69. lim
n 
 cot  2  is equal to
r 1
(A) 0
(B) 

(C)
2

(D)
4
89
1
70. Let f     x
, then the value of 2  f    is
1   cot   1
(A) 44
(B) 89
(C) 65
(D) 178
SECTION – B
71. The value of cot 76 cot 44 + cot 16 cot 44 – cot 76 cot 16 is
72. In a triangle ABC if r1 + r3 + r = r2, then the value of (sec2 A + cos2 B – cot2 C) is
SECTION – C
73. Let ABC be a right angled triangle at C. If the inscribed circle touches the side AB at D and
(AD)·(BD) = 11, then area of triangle is
 x  4 2  y  3 2
74. If the reflection of the ellipse  1 in the line mirror x – y – 2 = 0 is

16 9
k1x2 + k2y2 – 160x – 36y + 292 = 0, then k1 + k2 is equal to
x 2 y2
75. A chord is drawn passing through P(2, 2) on the ellipse   1 such that it intersects the
25 16
ellipse at A and B, then the maximum value of PA·PB is
FIITJEE
PART TEST – III
JEE (Advanced)-2020
PAPER – 1
TEST DATE: 15-12-2019

Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A
C C
Sol. Amplitude of two waves at point ‘P’ is & respectively, where ‘C’ is a constant
r1 r2
C
Let, y1  sin  kr1  t 
r1
C
y2  sin  kr2  t 
r2
y = y1 + y2
C
= sin  kr1  t   sin kr2  t  
r
2C k
 cos  r1  r2  .sin kr  t 
r 2
2. C
Sol. 1 = 0 sin (1t + /2)
2 = 0 sin (2t + 3/2)
For 1 = 2
cos 1t =  cos 2t
cos (1t) = cos(  2t)
(1 + 2)t = 
 1 1 
2  t  1
 T1 T2 
AITS-PT-III (Paper-1)-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Advanced)/20 2
L0 25L0
Where T1  2 , T2  2
g g
5 L0
t
6 g
3. C
1
Sol. Tan  =
4
R g/2
 2 7 3
v1  x 2 .2R  x12 .R   R 
3   48 v1  R
 19 3 V2 2 R
v 2   x 32 .3R  x 22 .2R   R
3   48
V3 3 R
 37  3
v 3  R2 .4R  x 23 .3R   R
3   48
So, m  v1  v 2  2   v3  3  R
R2  3g  R3 3g
0  4R   156   
3  2  48  2 
39
Density of cone, 0 = 
16
4. D
Sol. v 1r 1 = v 2r 2 …(1) v2
GMm0 m0 v12
 M
r12 R1 A B
r1 r2
GMm0 m0 v 22
 m0
r22 R2 v1
R1 v12 r12
So,  =1
R 2 v 22 r22
5. B, D
1 1 1
Sol.  
v u f
dv v 2 du
 2 =8 m/s
dt u dt
v f
mT   
u f u
f
hi  h0
f u
dhi fh0 du 20  0.2  2 2
   cm/s
dt (f  u)2 dt 100 25
6. B, D
Sol. Use the concepts of refraction and TIR.
3 AITS-PT-III (Paper-1)-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Advanced)/20
7. C, D
Sol. t1
90  
t2
P

8. A, D
z3
Sol. a
n4
n3
T
z2
9. A, D
hc
Sol. E 

hc
E  (in eV)
(in nm)
10. B, C
2
ma2  a  2 8 2
Sol. I  m   m( 2a)  ma
6  2 3
a a 3a
d  
2 2 2 2 2
I 8 2a
T  2  2
2mgd 9 g
11. A, B, C, D
Sol. Q = K
and use basic concept
12. A, B, C
Sol. In equilibrium
4 mg sin  = kx0
k = 120,000 N/m
1 k 60
f  Hz
2 2m 2
New amplitude = 20/2 = 10 cm
SECTION – C
13. 00016.00
Sol. For refraction only
2 1 2  1
  …(i)
v u R
v = 10 cm
Differentiate equation (i) w.r.t. time
 dv 1 du
 22  0
v dt u2 dt
dv 1 v 2 du 4
 2
  1 6  8 m/s (towards left)
dt 2 u dt 1 3
The velocity of image formed after refraction is 8 m/s (towards left)
The velocity of image formed after reflection and then refraction = 8 m/s (towards right).
The relative velocity between two images formed = 16 m/s
14. 00001.62
Sol. Path difference at ‘O’ = (1  2)t = 4.5  106 m
2
Hence phase difference  =  r  20

I I
Now, I1  0 and I2  0
16 25
2
So, I   I1  I2 
= 1.62 W/m2
15. 00001.88
Sol. Let ‘x’ is the displacement of block from its equilibrium position.
d2 x kx
m 2  kx 
dt 21
d2 x  22k 
2
  x
dt  21m 
21m
T  2  1.88 sec
22k
16. 00008.00
F
Sol. v1   25 m/s
1
F
v2   20 m/s
2
 v  v1  2
Ar   2 A  mm
 v  v  i 9
 2 1 
 2v 2  16
At    Ai  mm
 2v  v 1 9
A
 t 8
Ar
17. 00012.80
I
Sol. T  2
mgd
TP IP dq
So  .
Tq dP Iq
6 16 dq
 
10 25 dp
dq 9
 …(1)
dp 16
dq + dp = 20 …(2)
64
 dp  = 12.80
5
18. 00002.50
dv
Sol. A  kx  mg
dy
4  10 2
5  2  102   80x
2  10 3
2
x m  2.50 cm
80
SECTION – A
19. A
Sol. Meq of I2 = meq of Na2S2O3 = 60 × 0.2 = 12
12  E
Wt. of I2 liberated 
1000
EIt
Also, W 
96500
EIt 12  E
 
96500 1000
I  193 12
 
96500 1000
I = 6 amp.
20. B
Sol. 2N2O5  4NO 2  O2
t0 10 0 0
t 6 8 2
[N2O5] left = 6 M.
-5 –5 -1
Rate of reaction = 2 × 10 × 6 = 12 × 10 M sec
-5 –4 -1
Rate of formation of NO2 = 4 × 12 × 10 = 4.8 × 10 M sec
21. A
1
T2  V1 
Sol.  
T1  V2 
5
1
T2  40  3

300  5 
2/3
T2  300   8 
2/3
T2  300  23  
T2 = 1200 K.
22. B
P o  PS nB
Sol. o

P nB  n A
100  80 nB
 
100 nB  nA
WB
20 60
 
100 WB 90

60 18
WB  75 g
23. B, C
2 2
Sol. NiCl4  and MnCl4  are tetrahedral complexes.
24. A, C, D
Sol. N2O is a neutral oxide.
25. B, C, D
Sol. ClO2 does not dimerise.
Cl2O 6  H2O  HClO3  HClO 4
I2O 5  5CO  5CO 2  I2
Liquid IF5 self ionizes and therefore conducts electricity.
2IF5  IF4  IF6
26. A, C, D
Sol. Hg22 and Ag+ give white ppt. with dil. HCl.
27. B, D
Sol. 2Pb NO 3 2 

 2PbO  4NO2  O2
2PH3  3HgCl2  Hg3P2  6HCl
28. A, B, C, D
Sol. All the reactions are correct. XeF4 fluorinate Pt.
29. A, C, D
Sol. SnS is soluble in yellow ammonium sulphide.
30. A, C
Sol. In aluminothermic process Cr2O3 is reduced by Al.
In Van-Arkel process impure Ti is purified by reacting with I2.
SECTION – C
31. 00032.84
W 38
Sol. V  RT   0.5 atm
M 76
W RT
M
V
0.2  0.0821 300  1000

300  0.5
= 32.84
32. 00001.28
Sol. Initial meq. of Cu2+ = 50 × 1 × 2 = 100
Electricity passed = 0.965 × 3600 = 3474 C
3474  1000
No of meq of Cu2+ discharged  = 36
96500
Meq of Cu2+ remained = 100 – 36 = 64
64
N   1.28
50
33. 00083.75
7
Sol. C2H6  g    2CO2  g   3H2O   
O2  g  
2
Hor   Hof Products    Hof Reactants 
1564.25  2   395   3   286    HofC2H6 
Hof C2H6  83.75 kJ mol1
34. 00046.06
0.693
Sol. k
13.86
2.303 10
t log
k 1
2.303  13.86

0.693
= 46.06
35. 00013.25
1
Sol. Meq of Na2CO3 in 25 ml = meq of H2SO4  20  2
10
Meq of Na2CO3 in 250 ml = 20
20  53
wt of Na2CO3   1.06 g
1000
1.06
% of Na2CO3   100  13.25
8
36. 00024.63
PV
Sol. Z
nRT
V ZRT 0.8  0.0821 300
 
n P 8
= 2.463 litre/mole
Volume of 10 mol of the gas = 24.63 litre.
SECTION – A
37. A
Sol. 1, r, r2, ….. , r2m are in G.P.
2m m
1 + r > 2.r
2m1
r+r > 2.rm
2 2m2
r +r > 2.rm
3 2m3 m
r +r > 2.r
.
.
.
2 2m m m m
Hence 1 + r + r + …… + r > 2(r + r + …. m times) + r
 1  r 2m 1  m m m
  > 2m.r + r = (2m + 1).r
 1  r 
(2m + 1)rm.(1  r) < 1  r2m+1.
38. A
Sol.  +  = a,  = –(a + b)  (1 + )(1 + ) = ( + ) +  + 1 = –(a + b) + a + 1 = (1 – b)
 2  2  1 2  2  1    1 2   12
 2  2  
  2  b   2  b    12   b  1    1 2   b  1
   12   12  1  1  
=  =   1
   1    1  1      1  1  1          
39. C
n 1  2
r  1  r  n  r  n 1
  r  1 r  n 1
 r 1 r  n 1 1
Sol. y =  n  r n  nC  =  n  = n  n
r 1  n  r  n Cr r 1  r  r 1 
n
Cr 1 Cr  n
Cn C1 n
Cr
 r 1 
40. B
4x 2 y 4x y
Sol. y   and 1 + 4x2  4x   1  y  x
1  4x 2 x 1  4x 2 x
Similarly, x  z and z  y. Hence, x = y = z
41. A, C
a  b  1  ab   a  b  2Re  ab    1  a b  2Re  ab   =  1  a 1  b 2   0
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Sol.
ab
Hence, |a – b| < 1  ab  1
1  ab
42. B, D
Sol. x, a1, a2, ….. , a2n, y are in A.P.
 yx 
d=  
 2n  1 
2n 2n
(2n + 1) =  ar    x  rd 
r 1 r 1
= 2nx + n(2n + 1)d = n(2x + y  x)
 1 
(2n + 1) = (x + y)n  n =  
 x  y  2
1  1  2n 
x+y2= ; x+y=  
n  n 
43. A, D
6
Sol. n(s) = (675n  2)
Let k be the middle number
 numbers are k  2, k  1, k, k + 1, k + 2
2 2
 3k =  or k = 3
3
also 5k = q
2 3 3
15 = q   = 15
2 6 3 6 6
15.15 . = q  k = 3.225  k = 675
6 6 6
 k  {675, 675.1 , 675.2 , …. , 675.n }
 n1 
 n(E) = (n + 1)  P(E) =  6 
 675n  2 
44. A, B, D
      x y z 6
Sol. r1  r2  r1  r2 cos   cos  = 1. Hence, r1 and r2 are collinear vectors    
a b c 5
45. A, D
3
Sol. When cos x < 0, x2 + cos x – 1 = x2 – 1 – cos x  cos x = 0  x 
2
 3 5  2 2  3 5 
When x   ,  , cos x > 0, x + cos x –1 = x – 1 + cos x   x   , 
 2 2   2 2 
 3 5 
 x , 
2 2 
46. B, D
Sol. (x4 + x2 – 2) – (a + 1)x (x2 – 1) = 0,
(x2 + 2)(x2 – 1) – (a + 1)x (x2 – 1) = 0
(x2 – 1)(x2 – (a + 1)x + 2) = 0
 x2 – (a + 1)x + 2 = 0 have atleast one positive real root
2
D  0  (a + 1) – 8  0
 
 a  ,  1  2 2   2 2  1,  and since  = 2
Hence, both root, should be positive  (a + 1) > 0  a > –1  a  2 2  1,  

47. B, C, D
Sol. , ,  are roots of equation x 3 + ax + a = 0   +  +  = 0,  +  +  = a,  = –a
 2 2  2
Also, 3 = –a( + 1), 3 = –a( + 1), 3 = –a(r + 1)     8
  
 3 + 3 + 3 + 8 = 0, –a( + 1) – a( + 1) – a( + 1) – 8a = 0
–a( +  +  +  +  +  + 8) = 0, a  0   +  +  + ( +  + ) + 8 = 0
a + 8 = 0  a = –8  x3 – 8x – 8 = 0  x  2, 1  5
48. A, B, C, D
Sol. 7, g1, g2, g3, g4, –7 are in G.P.  –7 = 7r5  r = –1  g2 = g4 = 7 and g1 = g3 = –7
Hence, equation are x2 – 14x + 49 = 0  (x – 7)2 = 0 and x2 + 14x + 49 = 0  (x + 7)2 = 0
 x =  7 are roots.
SECTION – C
49. 00163.00
Sol. wr = zr = 3 + 504i, let zr = 3i + kr(a + ib)
5
  zr  15i  k  a  ib  when k = kr.
r 1
 b/a = 163 is the slope of the line L
50. 00000.75
Sol. Will reach at A(2, 2) either in four steps of different combination EENN
4! 432
=  = 6 ways
2!2! 22
(or) in 6 steps:
EEENNW (or) EENNNS
st
Where (EENN in any order cannot come in 1 four steps since that it is at point A)
 6! 4!   654 
 Number of ways = 2    2 = 2  6  2  = 96
 3!2! 2!2!   2 
6 96 3
 Probability = 4  6 
4 4 64
51. 00184.00
x x1
Sol. If 9 has leftmost digit as 9 and number of digit is m then 9 i.e. (9x  9) will have leftmost digit 1
and number of digits remain same m.
x
Where as if 9 has leftmost digit other than 9, then and number of digits is m then on division by 9
x1
i.e. in 9 number of digit changes to (m  1).
 every time number of digits increases by 1 by multiplying by 9 then the number was not having
left most digit as 9.
Now 9 = 9 (1 digit number)
94000 has leftmost digit is 9 and number of digits is 3817
 number of digit increases from 1 to 3817
Hence 3816 numbers are not starting with 9 (i.e. leftmost digit is not 9)
and rest 4000  3816 = 184 number are which have left most digit as 9
52. 00364.00
 14 
Sol. f(52, 14) = f(14, 52) =  1   .f(14, 38)
 24 
26  14  26 19  14 
= 1   f 14,24    1   f 14,10   364
19  24  19 12  10 
53. 00571.60
Sol. Let z = a + ib b
 z   z  40
 0 < Re    1 , 0 < Im    1,
 40   40 
 40   40  (0, 20)
0 < Re    1 , 0 < Im   1
 z   z 
 0 < a, b < 40 and 0 < 40a < a2 + b2 and 0 < 40b < a2 + b2
 (a  20)2 + b2 > 202 and a2 + (b  20)2 > 20 (20, 0) 40 a
1 2 1 
Required area = 40  40  (20)2 – 2     20    20  20 
4 2 
= 1600  400 + 200  400
= 1200  200 = 200(6  ) = 571.6
54. 00580.00
Sol. From origin all distance parallel to x-axis are
12 32 52 72 372 392 C B
x     ....  
2 2 2 2 2 2
1
= ((2) (4) + (2) (12) + (2) (20) + ….. + (2) (76))
2
O A
= 4(1 + 3 + 5 + …..+19) = 4(100) = 400
1 2
y= (2  42 + 62  82 + 102  122 + ….. + 382  402)
2 D E
1
= ((2) (6) + (2) (14) + (2) (22) + ….. + (2) (78))
2
= 2(3 + 7 + 11 + 15 + ….. + 39)
 10 
= 2   3  39   =  420
 2 
Point will be (400, 420) its distinct from origin
d=  400 2   420 2  10 1600  1764
= 10 3364 = 580 units
FIITJEE
PART TEST – III
JEE (Advanced)-2020
PAPER – 1
TEST DATE: 15-12-2019

1. Section–A (01 – 04, 19 – 22, 37 – 40) contains 12 multiple choice questions which out of 4
options have only one correct answer. Each question carries +3 marks for correct answer and –1
mark for wrong answer.
Section-A (05 – 12, 23 – 30, 41 – 48) contains 24 multiple choice questions which have one or
correct option.
AITS-PT-III (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/20 2
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. Consider two point sources S1 and S2 which emit waves r1 P

of the same frequency and amplitude A. The waves start
in the same phase, and this phase relation at the S1
sources is maintained through out the time. Consider
point P at which r1 is nearly equal to r2 also it is given
that r1 and r2 are sufficiently large as compared to A. r2
After superposition of these two waves amplitude at the
position P (approximately) is given by :
r r S2
(Where r = 1 2  r1  r2 , k is angular wave number)
2
2C k
(A) cos  r1  r2 
r 2
C k
(B) cos  r1  r2 
r 2
2C
(C) cosk  r1  r2 
r
C
(D) cosk  r1  r2 
r
2. Two simple pendulum of length L1 and L2 are released from their extreme
position in vertical plane. The angular amplitude of both the pendulums
are equal. It is given that L1 = L0 and L2 = 25 L0. The time after which the L1
L2 0 0
two strings become parallel to each other for the first time is
Q
P
5 L0
(A)
4 g
5 L0
(B)
12 g
5 L0
(C)
6 g
5 L0
(D)
2 g
3 AITS-PT-III (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/20
3. A solid cone is kept in three immiscible liquids of density

, 2 and 3 inside a container. The radius of cone is
‘R’ and it’s height is 4R. Container is accelerated with a R g/2
constant acceleration g/2 in vertically upward direction
R 
as shown. If cone is in equilibrium relative to the frame  4R
of container then density of the cone is R 2
R 3
R
73
(A) 
24
146
(B) 
25
39
(C) 
16
146
(D) 
37
4. A satellite of mass m0 is moving in an elliptical orbit around a planet

of mass M. Planet is fixed at one of the foci of elliptical orbit. The M
eccentricity of elliptical orbit is e. Points A and B are called A B
perihelion and aphelion respectively. The ratio of radius of
curvature of elliptical orbit at perihelion to aphelion is m0
(A) e
1 e
(B)
1 e
1
(C)
e
(D) 1
5. A spherical concave mirror of radius of R = 40 cm

y
curvature 40 cm is moving with a constant
velocity 2 cm/s along positive x-axis as
shown. A point object ‘P’ located at a P 4 cm/s x
distance 30 cm left to the pole of the 0.2cm Principal
concave mirror is also moving with a 2F F O axis
velocity of 4 cm/s along positive x-axis at a 2 cm/s
30 cm
height of 0.2 cm above the principal axis as
shown in figure. Then choose the correct
option(s).
(A) The velocity of image along negative x-axis is 8 cm/s.
(B) The velocity of image along negative x-axis is 6 cm/s.
(C) The velocity of image along negative y-axis is zero.
2
(D) The velocity of image along negative y-axis is cm/s.
25
6. A parallel beam of light rays are incident on the flat surface of

half cylinder made of glass as shown in the figure. The refractive
index of the material of glass is 2 . The angle of incidence is
P Q
45. ‘R’ and ‘L’ are the radius and length of cylinder respectively.
Choose the correct option(s).
S
(A) Laws of refraction are valid for plane surface and spherical surface only.

(B) Surface area of cylinder from which the rays emerging out is RL
2

(C) Surface area of cylinder from which the rays emerging out is RL
6
(D) Let A1 is the area of portion PS from which rays are emerging out and A2 is from QS.
A 1
Then 1 
A2 5
7. Two glass slabs of thickness t1 and t2 are joined to make L t1

shape as shown in the figure. The refractive indices of both
glass slabs are same. A light ray is incident at point ‘P’ with an
angle of incidence ‘’ as shown in the figure. It is assumed Q
that refraction takes place from both the glass slabs. Then
choose the correct option(s).
t2
P

(A) emergent ray passes from Q if t1 = 2t2,  = 30.
(B) emergent ray passes from Q if t1 = 2t2,  = 45.
(C) emergent ray passes above the ‘Q’ if t2 > t1,  = 45.
(D) emergent ray passes below the ‘Q’ if t2 < t1,  = 45.
8. A He  ion and Li2 ion both are in second excited state. Let aHe and aLi are the acceleration of
electron in their orbits and THe and TLi are the time periods of electron in their respective orbits.
Then choose the correct option(s).
(A) aLi  aHe
(B) aLi  aHe
(C) TLi  THe
(D) TLi  THe
9. Consider a hypothetical atom, the energy level of 0 eV

atoms are given in the figure. Choose the correct n=4
1.5 eV
option(s). (Given hc = 1240 eV-nm)
2 eV n=3
3 eV n=2
6 eV n=1
(A) An atom in the ground state gets excited by a photon and during de-excitation it emits
photons, one of them has wavelength 1240 nm, then the incident photon may have
wavelength of 310 nm.
(B) An atom in the ground state gets excited by a photon and during de-excitation it emits
photons, one of them has wavelength 1240 nm, then the incident photon may have
wavelength of 1240 nm.
(C) An atom in the ground state gets excited by a collision with an electron and during
de-excitation it emits photons, one of them has wavelength 1240 nm, then incident
electron must have an energy of 4eV.
(D) An atom in the ground state gets excited by a photon of 8eV then as a result an ionized
atom and an electron of 2eV is obtained.
10. A square plate ABCD of mass m and side ‘a’ is suspended from A
point A in vertical plane. Another disc of same mass and
2a diameter is attached at point C as shown in the figure. Disc a a
can freely rotate about point C. Now square plate is slightly
displaced from its equilibrium position such that axis of rotation is B D
perpendicular to the plane of paper. Friction is absent everywhere.
Choose the correct option(s). a
a
(A) The moment of inertia of system about an axis passing through A and perpendicular to
19
the plane of paper is ma2
6
(B) The moment of inertia of system about an axis passing through A and perpendicular to
8
the plane of paper is ma2
3
8 2a
(C) The time period of small oscillation is 2 .
9 g
19 2 a
(D) The time period of small oscillation is 2 .
18 g
11. Choose the correct option(s).

(A) If Q value of an exothermic nuclear reaction is +15.76 MeV and the kinetic energy of
products of reaction is 18.24 MeV then kinetic energy of incident particles is 2.48 MeV.
(B) In a nuclear reaction, during -decay energy released is shared between alpha particle
and daughter nucleus is in the form of kinetic energy and its value for -particle has more
than that of daughter nucleus.
(C) In a decay process of a radioactive element, the activity of the sample at any instant is
directly proportional to the number of undecayed nuclei present in the sample at that time.
(D) Photo electric effect supports quantum nature of light because there is a minimum
frequency of light below which no photoelectrons are emitted.
12. Four ore wagon cars are held at rest on a rope

frictionless inclined of 37 with the help of an
extensible rope as shown in the figure. Any two
cars are connected with an inextensible coupling. D
The extension in the rope is 20 cm in equilibrium
and mass of each ore wagon car is 1000 kg. Now C
if middle coupling is break due to some problem
then choose the correct options. (g = 10 m/s2) B
37
(A) The acceleration of cars ‘A’ and ‘B’ is 6 m/s2
60
(B) The frequency of cars ‘C’ and ‘D’ is Hz.
2
(C) The amplitude of oscillations of cars C and D is 10 cm.
(D) The amplitude of oscillations of cars C and D is 20 cm.
SECTION – C
13. A spherical aquarium of radius 10 cm filled with water of

refractive index 4/3 is kept as shown. One half of
aquarium is silvered and other half is smooth. The
thickness of aquarium is negligible. A fish is moving Observer 6 m/s
towards left with a velocity 6 m/s. An observer detects
two images of the fish. Find the relative velocity (in m/s)
between the two images of the fish as seen by the
observer.
14. A parallel beam of monochromatic light of wavelength 4500 Å

is incident on YDSE. Let I0 is the intensity of incident light. Now S1
G1
two glass slabs G1 and G2 are kept infront of both slits S1 and
S2. The refractive index of G1 is 1.9 and for G2 it is 1.6. The d O
thickness of each glass slab is 15m. It is observed that glass
S2
1 1 G2
G1 transmits th and G2 transmits th of incident energy.
16 25 D
If I0 = 8 Watt/m 2, then find the intensity (in W/m2) observed at
point ‘O’ on the screen.
15. Four identical massless springs, two massless pulleys and a block of mass
k
m are connected as shown and system is kept in vertical plane. Initially the
system is in equilibrium. Now the block is slightly displaced from equilibrium
position along a vertical line and then released. Find the time period (in sec)
k
of small oscillation of the block if m = 6.6 kg and k = 70 N/m. (take  = 3.14)
16. Two strings AB and BC of length 1 meter and 1/2 meter

respectively are joined together at end B as shown.
Point B is the junction of both strings. The mass per unit A C
B
length of string AB and BC are 0.16 kg/m and 0.25 kg/m
respectively. A tension of 100 N is maintained in both
the strings. A sinusoidal wave pulse of amplitude 2mm is
produced at end ‘A’. It is partly reflected and partly
transmitted at joint B. Find the ratio of amplitudes of
transmitted and reflected waves.
17. A rod PQ is suspended in a vertical plane. When the rod is suspended from end ‘P’ and slightly
rotated from its equilibrium position and then released, its time period is 6 sec and now if it is
suspended from end ‘Q’ and slightly rotated from its equilibrium position and then released, its
time period is 10 sec. The moment of inertia of the rod about the axes passing through ends ‘P’
and ‘Q’ and perpendicular to the plane of oscillation are 16 kg-m2 and 25 kg-m2 respectively. The
length of the rod PQ is 20 cm. Find the distance (in cm) between the end ‘P’ and the centre of
mass of rod.
18. A board ABCD is moved by an A very thin oil film

Metallic plate (Q)
external force with a constant B C
velocity of 4 cm/sec. A thin layer of
oil separates the moving board and a
metallic plate (Q). The dimensions of
metallic plate is 10 cm × 20 cm and 4 cm/s
thickness of oil layer is 2 mm. The
metallic plate is at rest in equilibrium.
A block of mass m is connected with
the metallic plate by a spring of
spring constant 80 N/m as shown in k
the figure. The coefficient of viscosity A D
Moving board (P)
of oil is 50 poise. Find the elongation
(in cm) in the spring.
m
SECTION – A

19. A constant current was passed for 193 sec. through KI solution oxidizing I ions to I2. At the end
of the experiment the liberated I2, required 60 ml of 0.2 M solution of Na2S2O3 for complete
titration. The current passed through the solution of KI in ampere is
(A) 6 amp
(B) 8 amp
(C) 3 amp
(D) 12 amp
20. The rate constant for the reaction

2N2O5  4NO 2  O 2
-5 -1
is 2 × 10 sec at a given temperature. If the reaction is started with 10 mole per litre of N2O5,
then the rate of formation of NO2 at the moment of the reaction when concentration of O2 is 2 mol
litre-1 is:
(A) 8  105 molL1 sec 1
(B) 4.8  104 molL1 sec 1
(C) 9.6  104 molL1 sec 1
(D) 2.4  104 molL1 sec 1
 5
21. The final temperature of a monoatomic ideal gas    that is compressed reversibly and
 3 
adiabatically from 40 L to 5 L at 300 K is
(A) 1200 K
(B) 800 K
(C) 600 K
(D) 400 K
22. The mass of nonvolatile solute urea need to be dissolved in 90 g water in order to decrease the
vapour pressure of water by 20% is
(A) 100 g
(B) 75 g
(C) 60 g
(D) 80 g
23. The complex ion(s) in which the central atom is sp3 hybridised is/are
2
(A) Ni  CN4 
2
(B) NiCl4 
2
(C) MnCl4 
2
(D)  Cu NH3 4 
24. Acidic oxide(s) among the following oxides is/are:

(A) CrO3
(B) N2O
(C) B 2O 3
(D) P4O10
25. The correct statement(s) among the following statements is/are:

(A) ClO2 molecule is paramagnetic and dimerise to form Cl2O4
(B) Cl2O6 reacts with water to form chloric acid and perchloric acid
(C) I2O5 oxidises CO to CO2
(D) Liquid IF5 conducts electricity
26. Which of the following pairs of ions can be separated by using dil. HCl?
(A) Fe3 , Ag
(B) Hg22 , Ag
(C) Hg22 ,Cd2
(D) Ag ,Cu2
27. Incorrect statement(s) among the following statements is/are:

(A) Ba(N3)2 on thermal decomposition produces pure N2
(B) Pb(NO3)2 on thermal decomposition produces N2O3
(C) NO2 reacts with NaOH solution to form NaNO2 and NaNO3
(D) PH3 reacts with HgCl2 solution to form PCl3
28. Which of the following reaction(s) is/are correct?

(A) XeF6  6H2O  XeO3  6HF
(B) 2XeF6  SiO 2  XeOF4  SiF4
(C) XeO3  2XeF6 
 3XeOF4
(D) XeF4  Pt 
 Xe  PtF4
29. Which of the following precipitate(s) is/are insoluble in yellow ammonium sulphide?
(A) HgS
(B) SnS
(C) Bi2S3
(D) CuS
30. The correct statement(s) among the following statements is/are

(A) In Froth Floatation process for the concentration of Galena NaCN is used as depressant
for ZnS.
(B) In Goldschmidt aluminothermic process Al2O3 is reduced by chromium.
(C) In Mac-Arthur Forrest cyanide process silver is recovered from Na[Ag(CN)2] by adding
Zn.
(D) In the Van-Arkel process impure Ti is purified by reacting impure Ti with CO.
SECTION – C
31. 0.2 g of a non-volatile and non-electrolytic substance is present in 300 ml of a solution and the
o
solution shows an osmotic pressure of 38 cm of Hg at 27 C. The molecular weight of the
-1 -1
substance is (R = 0.0821 litre atm k mol )
32. 50 ml of 1 M solution of CuBr2 was electrolysed with a current of 0.965 ampere for one hour. If
the volume of the solution remains constant during the electrolysis, then the normality (in N) of
the remaining CuBr2 solution is
33. The standard enthalpy of combustion of C2H6 (g) is – 1564.25 kJ mol-1. Standard heat of
formation of CO2(g) and H2 O    are – 395 kJ mol-1 and – 286 kJ mol-1 respectively. The heat
liberated in kJ mole –1 for the formation of 1 mole of C2H6(g) from its constituent elements in
standard state is
34. 
The half-life of first order decomposition of NH4NO 2  aq    N2  g   2H2O    is 13.86
minute at 293 K.
If 10 g of NH4NO2 is allowed to decompose then the time in minute required to decompose
90% of NH4NO2 is
35. 8g of a mixture of Na2CO3 and Na2SO4 is dissolved in water and the volume of the solution made
N
up to 250 ml. 25 ml of this solution required 20 ml of H2SO4 solution for neutralization. The
10
percentage of Na2CO3 in the mixture is
36. At 300 K temperature and 8 atm pressure the compressibility factor for a real gas is 0.8. The
volume (in litre) of 10 mole of the gas at same temperature and pressure is
SECTION – A
37. If r  (0, 1), m  W and P = (2m + 1)rm (1  r) also Q = 1  r2m+1, then

(A) P<Q
(B) P>Q
(C) P=Q
(D) none of these
 2  2  1 2  2  1
38. If  and  are the roots of equation x2 – a(x + 1) – b = 0, then  is/are
 2  2  b 2  2  b
(A) 1
a 1 b 1
(B) 
b a
1 1
(C) a b
a b
(D) none of these
n 1
2r 2  r  n  2   1
39. Let y   ; n  N , then
r 1  n  r  n Cr
1
(A) y n
n
(B) y2
1
(C) y n
n
(D) y = 2n
2 2 2
 4x 2   4y 2   4z 2 
40. If x, y, z > 0 are such that  2
 y   2
 z   2
 x   0 , then
 1  4x   1  4y   1  4z 
(A) x+y=z
(B) x=y
(C) x<y<z
(D) x>y>z
41. Let a , b  1 , where a and b are complex number, then

ab
(A) 1
1  ab
ab
(B) 1
1  ab
a b
(C) 1
1  ab
a b
(D) 1
1  ab
42. If between two real numbers x and y an even number of arithmetic mean are inserted, such that
sum of these means exceed their number by unity, then
24
(A) x + y can be
11
25
(B) x + y can be
12
37
(C) x + y can be
2
13
(D) x + y can be
6
6
43. From the first (675n + 2) natural number, if five consecutive numbers are chosen, E be event
that sum of the numbers is cube of natural number and sum of middle three is a square of a
natural number, then
2
(A) P E   , if n = 1
673
3
(B) P E   , if n = 1
673
2n  1
(C) P E   , for n  N
675n2  2
n1
(D) P E   , for n  N
675n2  2
  
44. If a, b, c x, y, z  R and r1  aiˆ  bjˆ  ckˆ , r 2  xiˆ  yjˆ  zkˆ are two vectors such that r1  5 ,
  
r2  6 and r1  r2  30 , then
x y
(A) 
a b
x z
(B) 
a c
(C) x=y=z=a=b=c
abc 5
(D) 
xyz 6
  5 
45. If max{x2 + cos x – 1, 1 – x2 – cos x} = max{cos x + x 2 – 1, x2 – 1 – cos x}, x   ,  , then the
2 2 
value of x that satisfy the equation is/are
(A) number of integer values of x is 3
k
(B) let x  , k  I then k = 1, 2, 3
2
k
(C) let x  , k  I then n(k) = 7
2
 5 
(D) x  2, 
 2 
4 3 2
46. If x – (a + 1)x + x + (a + 1)x – 2 = 0, a  R have atleast two positive real roots, then ‘a’ can be
in the interval
(A) 
a   ,  1  2 2 
(B) a  2 2  1,  
(C) a   15,  1  2 2 
(D) a  2 2  1, 15 
3
47. Let the roots of the equation x + ax + a = 0, a  R – {0} be ,  and  such that
 2 2  2
   8  0 and  <  < , then
  
(A)   1  5
(B)   1 5
(C)   1 5
(D) a = –8
2
48. If 7, g1, g2, g3, g4, –7 are in G.P. and the roots of equation x + (g1 + g3)x + g2g4 = 0 are 1, 1 and
x2 + (g2 + g4)x + g1g3 = 0 are 2, 2, then which of the following are correct?
(A) g1 + 2g2 + 2g3 + g4 = 0
(B) g1g2 = g3g4
(C) 1 = 7
(D) 2 = –7
SECTION – C
49. A line L in the Argand plane is a mean line for the points w1, w2, w3, …… , wn if there are points
n
z1, z2, z3, …… zn on L such that   w r  zr   0 . The slope of a mean line for the points
r 1
32 + 170i, 7 + 64i, 9 + 200i, 1 + 27i, 14 + 43i which passes through the point 3i is/are
50. A particle moves in a sequence of unit steps. Each step along North, South, East or West with
equal probability. It starts at the origin, let p be the probability that it will reach (2, 2) in less than 7
steps, then 16p is equal to
51. Let ‘n’ be the number of the numbers of the form 9x where 0  x  4000, have left most digit 9,
given that 94000 has 3817 digits and that its leftmost digit is 9 then n is equal to
52. Let f(x, y) is defined for x, y  N and satisfy f(x, x) = x,

 x
f(x, x + y) =  1    f(x, y),
 y
f(x, y) = f(y, x). Then f(52, 14) is
z 40
53. A is the region of the complex plane defined by p(z) such that complex numbers and
40 z
have real and imaginary parts in (0, 1), then the area of region A is (Take  = 3.142)
n2
54. Starting at the origin a particle makes 40 moves, the nth move is of a distance of unit along a
2
straight line. Its moves are in order of due east, then north, then west and then south and
continues the order till 40 moves. The particle will be at a distance of ______ from origin?
FIITJEE
PART TEST – III
JEE (Advanced)-2020
PAPER – 2
TEST DATE: 15-12-2019
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A, C, D
13 2  1
Sol. Amplitude = m,    s
2 T 4
 13 12 13 5
r  1  cos t  î  5  1  cos t   ˆj
2 13  2 13 
  t   t 
r  12sin2   î  5 cos2   ˆj
8 8
  3  t  5  t  
 v   sin   î  sin   ˆj  m/s
 2 4 8 4 
2. A, B, C
Sol. By using basic concept of fluid mechanics.
3. A, B, C

Sol. Let acceleration of ball relative to the cube is ab,c  ax î  ay ˆj  azkˆ
 
 3  5 2
Now, ax    a x  2ax  2   5 2 m/s
   2
 3 
 
 3   15  2
ay    (g  ay )  2(g  ay )  2  10    5 m/s
    2 
 3 
 
 3  5 2
az    a z  2az  2   5 m/s
   2
 3 

 Acceleration of ball relative to the cube is ab,c  (5 2 î  5 ˆj  5k)
ˆ m/s2
4. A, C, D
m
Sol. T = 0.2 = 2
k
 m = 0.2 kg
At t = 0, particle is at extreme position and moving towards +ve x-axis
1 2
Kmax  m  vmax   4.0 J
2
5. A, B, C
m0 v 2 1 ze2
Sol.  (Where m0 = 50m) …(i)
rn 40 rn2
nh
m0 vrn  …(ii)
2
n2 h2  0
rn 
200me2
13.6z2
En   50 eV
n2
E4 = 680 eV
E1 = 10880 eV
E = E4  E1 = 10,200 eV
1240
  1.21 Å
E
6. A, B, D
IA cos  sin 
Sol. Fx  (1  r)  1.152  10 6 N
C
IA cos2 
Fy  (1  r)  2.016  10 6 N
C
Icos2 
pr  (1  r)  1.008  10 6 N / m2
C
7. A, B, C, D
Sol. Gravitational field due to a long wire, y

2G 2Gdz
dE = = dE
r r P
a r
 d 
2
2Gdz d  dz 

EP  dE.cos  =  r r
 2Gd   2
a

d  z2 

2 z dz z
 a 
EP  4G tan1  
 2d 
8. A, B, C, D
Sol. For the first interference maximum

2dsin  
2
 103
 sin   
4d 4
y 103

D 4
1
y  mm
4
D
Fringe width,    0.5 mm
2d

2dsin  
4

 sin  
8d
D 1
y=  mm
8d 8
9. B
10. D
Sol. (for Q. 9-10): Path difference = integral multiple of  in all cases i.e. interference is constructive.
A B C D
x=0 O x = 20
36 9 49 4 81 2
I0  kA 2 , IA  kA 2 , IB  kA 2 , IC  kA 2 and ID  kA
100 16 144 9 64
For second case
81 2 4 49 9
IA  kA , IB  kA 2 , IC  kA 2 and ID  kA 2
64 9 144 16
11. A
12. D
Sol. (for Q. 11-12)

0A  2.7 + A  0.8 = (0 + y)A
0(2.7 1) + 0.8  = y  y
y = 1.7 0 + 0.8 0
y = 1.7 + 0.8 
at t = 5 minute;  = 9.5 cm y = 9.3
at t = 10 minute;  = 9 cm y = 8.9
at t = 15 minute;  = 8.5 cm y = 8.5
at t = 20 minute;  = 8 cm y = 8.1 which is not possible  y = 8.5
m
T  2
A g
m0 = k(2.7 + 8) = 10.7 k
m5 = k(2.7 + 7.6) = 10.3 k
m10 = k(2.7 + 7.2) = 9.9 k
m15 = k(2.7 + 6.8) = 9.5 k
m20 = k(2.7 + 6.8) = 9.5 k
T0  10.7
103
T5  10.3  T0
107
99
T10  T0
107
95
T15  T0
107
95
T20  T0
107
SECTION – C
13. 00005.55
I
Sol.  = 10 log
I0
I
3  log
1012
 I = 10-9 W/m2
2 2
Now, I 
 P0  v BAK  v B2 A 2 BA 2 42 f 2
  
2B 2B 2v 2v
Iv I
A   5.55 Å
B22 f 2 v22 f 2
14. 00000.20
Sol. Let mass of P, Q and S are m 1, m2 and m3 respectively
Gm1 G  m1  m2  m3 

R2 9R 2
8m1 = m2 + m3
4 4
81 R3  R3 (72  193 )
3 3
On solving
3
 0.2
1
15. 00012.00
v 4v
Sol.  A   0  v s T  vT  T
3 3 f
4v
16 v
B  3 f 
1 3 f
4
16. 00489.51
a   a
Sol. Wex  a2 xgdx   a3 g(h  a)  a3 g  h   = 00489.51

   2
0 
17. 00001.12
 
 dP P
Sol. F 
dt dt
 dm
F  2 u = 2  5 2  0.112  1.12 newton
dt
18. 00097.50
4
Sol. sini  sinr
3
 r = 37
Now, 2t sec r = /2

 t  97.50 nm
4 sec r
SECTION – A
19. A, B, C, D
3 2
Sol.  Co NH3 6  - Octahedral and diamagnetic Fe NH3 6  - Octahedral and paramagnetic.
   
2 2
Pt  CN4  - Square planar, CuCl4  - Tetrahedral
2
Ni NH3 6  - Primary valency = 2
 
3
 Cr NH3 6  - Primary valency = 3
 
20. A, B, C
Sol. MnO4 is coloured due to charge transfer phenomena.
21. A, B, D
Sol. OCl  ClO2  ClO3  ClO 4 (Cl – O bond distance)
HClO 4  HBrO 4  HIO 4 (Acidity)
H – F > H – Cl > H – Br > H – I (Bond energy)
22. A, B, C
Sol. 2Cu2  K 4 Fe  CN6   Cu2 Fe  CN6  
Chocolate brown ppt.
2
3Cu  2K 3 Fe  CN6   Cu3 Fe  CN6  
2
Green ppt.
 Hg  Hg NH2  Cl  NH4Cl  2H2O

Hg2 Cl2  2NH4 OH 

Black residue
23. A, B, C, D
Sol. (i) White phosphorous is more reactive than red phosphorous.
(ii) P2H4 is less stable than N2H4
(iii) Bond angle in PH4 is higher than that in PH3

(iv) In the solid state PBr5 exists as PBr4  Br 
24. A, B, C
Sol. Sulphide ores are concentrated by froth floatation process.
25. A, B, C
Sol. N3P3Cl6 , C3N12 and N4S4 have cyclic structure.
26. A, B, C
Sol. Azeotropes do not obey Raoult’s law.
27. B
3
Sol.  Co NH3 6  is an inner orbital complex ion. Hybridisation of central atom is d2sp3.
 
28. A
3
Sol. COF6  is an outer orbital complex ion. Hybridization of the central atom is sp d .
3 2
29. A
Sol. NO2 is a brown coloured gas, acidic oxide and paramagnetic.
30. C
Sol. NO is a colourless gas, neutral oxide and paramagnetic.
SECTION – C
31. 00045.15
Sol. 

N2O 4  g 
 2NO 2  g 
a 0
ax 2x
2x a
 2, x 
ax 2
2.303 a
t 2
log
92.12  10 ax
2.303
t log2
92.12  102
2.303  0.3010
t
92.12  102
t  0.7525 min  45.15 sec .
32. 00023.84
Sol. 3CuO  s   2NH3  g   3Cu  s   N2  g   3H2O   
rHo   Hof Products    Hof Reactants 
= [3 × ( - 285)] – [3 × (- 155) + 2 × (- 46)]
= - 298 kJ
298  2.72
Heat liberated   23.84 kJ
2  17
33. 00031.25
Sol. T  iK b m
1000 W
5  1.8  0.52  
100 58.5
5  58.5
W
1.8  0.52
W  31.25 g
34. 00033.25
3 5
Sol. 
M  8 M  35.5
M  33.25 (M = EW of metal)
35. 00044.80
Sol. PO2  Poxide
PM
1 1 PM
 2 2
RT1 RT2
4.2  32 3.2  M2

300 320
M2 = 44.80
36. 00002.60
Sol.  oAgCl   oAg  oCl
= 62.3 + 67.7 = 130
1000
 oAgCl  K 
M
1000
130  3.38  10 6 
M
6
3.38  10  1000
M
130
M  2.6  105 M
 y  2.60
SECTION – A
37. A, B, C
Sol. Let , , ,  be the roots   +  +  +  = –p, p < 0
  q , q > 0,   r , r < 0,  = 5, AM  G.M.
1 1 1

     4  5 4 , p  4  5 4
4
3 3 3

Also,     4  5 4  r  4  5 4  pr  16.5 = 80
4
38. C
2 2 3 3 3 3 3
Sol. (a + b ) + 32(a + b ) (a + b)  32(a + b ) ab
hold true if ab < 0
Let a.b  0  a, b  0
Using A.M  G.M
(a2 + b2)3 + 32(a3 + b3) (a + b)  2((a2 + b2)3 32(a3 + b3) (a + b))1/2
3

= 8 2 a2  ab  b2  ab
3
 a 3

 b3  a  b   8 2 2  a 2

 ab  b2  ab   a 3

 b3  a  b 
2 2
= 32 a 3
 b3  a 2

 ab  b2 a3b3  32 a
3
 b3  aba3b3 = 32(a + b )ab
3 3
39. C
n
r 1  1 1 n n n
Sol. L.H.S. =   1 r  2 
Cr , 1  x   n C0  nC1x  n C2 x 2  nC3 x 3  .....   1 nCn xn
r 1   r  1 
1 n 1
1  1  x 
 
n n 1 n
 x dx  C1  n C2 x  nC3 x 2  .....   1 Cn x n1 dx
0 0
n
1 1 1 n r 1  C 
1   .....     1  r 
2 3 n r 1  r 
1 n 1 1 n 1 n 1 n 1 n 1
1  1  x   C0 C1 C2 2 n 1 Cn n1 
Similarly,  x  n  1 dx     x x  .....   1 x  dx
0 0
 1 2 3 n 1 
n
 1  1 1 1  C1 n C2 n
n
Cn n
r 1
n
Cr
   1    .....    1    .....    1 =   1
 n  1  2 3 n  1 22 32  n  12 r 1  r  12
 n  1 1 1 n 1 1 1 1 1 n 1
 y  1    .....   ,     .....  
 n  1  2 3 n n 1 2 3 n 1
40. A, B
Sol. Intersection of branch of hyperbola with the circle.
41. B, D
x y zc
Sol. Equation of plane containing the line with direction cosines (l, m, n) and the line  
1 tan  0
x y zc
is 1 tan  0 0
l m n
 (n tan )x – ny + (m – l tan )(z – c) = 0 ..... (1)
Equation of plane containing the line with direction cosines (l, m, n) and the line
x y zc
x y zc
  is 1  tan  0 0
1  tan  0
l m n
 (–n tan )x – ny + (m + l tan )(z + c) = 0 ..... (2)
 Plane through (1) and (2) is
(n tan  x – ny + (m – l tan )(z – c)) + (n tan x + ny – (m + l tan )(t + c)) = 0 is parallel to z-
axis
 m  l tan  
Hence, (m – l tan ) – (m + l tan ) = 0     
 m  l tan  
c  m2 cot   l2 tan  
 Shortest distance is = .
n m2  l2
42. B, D
x 1 y 1 z 1 L1
Sol. Any point on line L1 :   is
2 1 1
(2r + 1, r + 1, r + 1) A(1, 1, 1)
1
Put in equation of plane x + y + z = 1  r  
2
 1 1
 Q   0, ,  . For point P equation of AP Q P
 2 2
x 1 y 1 z 1
   t  Any point on line (t + 1, t + 1, t + 1) lie to plane P
1 1 1
2  1 1 1
 t    Point P =  , , 
3 3 3 3
1 1 1
x y z
 Equation of QP 3  3  3
1 1 1
 
3 6 6
1 1 1
x y z
 3  3  3
2 1 1
43. C, D
Sol. 2n1(2n + 1)
Let an  the number of arrangements at n places such that ‘a’ occurs even number of times
and bn  the number of arrangements at n places such that ‘a’ occurs odd number of times
 an = bn – 1 + 3an – 1 = 4n – 1 + 2an – 1
 an – 2an – 1 = 4n – 1
Let an = 2n tn  2n(tn – tn – 1) = 22n – 2  tn – tn – 1 = 2n – 2
t 2  t1  20
t 3  t 2  21
t 4  t 3  22 3
 where t1 =
 2
tn  tn 1  2n2

tn  t1  2n1  1 
n–1 n
 an = 2 (2 + 1)
44. B, D
a b a  b
Sol. A b c b  c  0 , R3  R3 – R1 – R2
a  b b  c 0
a b 0
2 2
A b c 0  0  (a + 2b + c)(ac – b ) = 0
a  b b  c a 2  2b  c
2 2
 Either b = ac (or) a + 2b + c = 0
45. B
46. C
Sol. (for Q. 45.-46.)
1 7 11 13 17 19 23 29
0 < xi < 1  x i  , , , , , , ,  xi = 4
30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
1 7 11 29
for 1 < xi < 2 xi :  1,  1,  1, .......,  1  xi = 12
30 30 30 30
1 7 11 29
Similarly for 4 < xi < 5  4,  4,  4, ......., 4
30 30 30 30
Hence  xi  4  12  20  ..... upto n term
i 1
n n
= (8 + (n  1) 8) = . 8n = 4n2
2 2
47. C
48. D
     
Sol. r  b  r  c  4 represent, an ellipsoid in 3D space with a = 2 and b  c  2ae
1    
 b , r  a  5 is plane passing through b , c
2
2
Hence, area B area of ellipse = ab =    2  square unit
2
SECTION – C
49. 00589.00
Sol. Let n2 = 262.338
Let F is a factor or n2  2 3, 0   < 62 ; 0    38
 n(F) = 63  39 = 2457
Let a, b are two factor, of n2 such that a.b = n2 when a, b  n
if a < n then b > n will exist in pairs
 number of factors less than n = 1228
Similarly if x and y are factors of n such that
x.y = n and x and y are also factors of n2
 number of such factors = (32  20  1) = 639
 req. number of factors = 1228  639 = 589
50. 00000.72
Sol. n(E) = 4  9  103 = 36000
n(S) = 50,000
 P(E) = 0.72
51. 00002.50
1.3 2 1.3.5 3
Sol. Let y = x + x + x +...............
2! 3!
dy 1.3 1 1.3.5 2
 1+ x + x +...............
dx 1! 2!
dy 1.3 2 1.3.5 3
x  x+ x + x +...............
dx 1! 2!
dy  3 1.3
and y–   1 + 1   x  1  5  x2 ............
dx  1!  2!
dy dy
y   1  2(x )
dx dx
dy dx
 1  y   2x  1  0
1  2x(1  y)  1 put x = 2/5 hence y = 5  1
52. 00001.00
Sol. R.H.S.  1  L.H.S.  1
2 2 2 2
 y > |x|  0  y + x – 2|x|y  x + y + 2 x 2  y 2  1
 x y  x 2  y 2  1 , L.H.S.  0 and R.H.S.  0.
Hence, L.H.S. = R.H.S. = 0
2 2
 |x|y = 0 and x + y – 1 = 0, y > 0
2
 x = 0 and y = 1  y = 1. Since y > 0  y = 1
Hence, any one order pair of (x, y) = (0, 1)
53. 00000.25
n n 2 2 n+2 n+2 2 n 2 n
Sol. a(n) = (x + y )(x + y ) = x +y +x y +yx
a n   a n  2 
 x 2 y 2  x 2 1  x 2 
2 2 n–2 n–2
a(n) = a(n + 2) = x y (x + y ),

a n2 
2
1 1  1 a n   a  n  2  1
= x2 – x4 =    x2    
4 2  4 a n  2 4
54. 00001.25
Sol. Line of intersection of two planes and x-axis must be coplanar i.e., (x, 0, 0) must satisfy both the
planes
d 5
 5x = d1 and 4x = d2, 1   1.25
d2 4
FIITJEE
PART TEST – III
JEE (Advanced)-2020
PAPER – 2
TEST DATE: 15-12-2019


1. Section-A (01 – 08, 19 – 26, 37 – 44) contains 24 multiple choice questions which have one or
correct option.
Section-A (09 – 12, 27 – 30, 45 – 48) contains 6 List-Match sets with 12 questions (each set has 2
questions). Each question has 4 statements in LIST-I & 5 or 6 statements in LIST-II. The codes for
Lists have choices (A), (B), (C), (D) out of which only one is correct.
Each question has only one correct answer and carries +3 marks for correct answer and –1 mark
for wrong answer.
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A particle is executing simple harmonic motion along a line y

12y + 5x = 60 only in between the extreme points ‘P’ and ‘Q’. At
t = 0, the particle starts its motion from the extreme point ‘P’. The (0, 5m) P
time period of simple harmonic motion executed by the particle
is 8 sec. Then choose the correct option(s).
Q
(0, 0) (12m, 0) x
   t   t  
(A) The position vector of the particle at time t is given by r  12sin2   î  5cos2   ˆj  m .
 8 8 
   t   t  
(B) The position vector of the particle at time t is given by r  12cos2   î  5 sin2   ˆj  m .
 8 8 
(C) The velocity vector of the particle at time t is given by
  3  t  5  t  
v   sin   î  sin   ˆj  m/s.
 2 4 8 4 
13
(D) The amplitude of simple harmonic motion executed by the particle is m.
2
2. Choose the incorrect option(s)
(A) The buoyant force on a submerged rigid body can be considered to be acting at the
centre of mass of the rigid body.
(B) Steady fluid flow in a tube of flow of variable cross-section is non-accelerated.
(C) Viscosity of a liquid increases with rise in temperature.
(D) The angle of contact of liquid in a capillary tube and surface tension of liquid decrease
with increase in temperature.
3. A rubber ball is kept at rest at the centre of a cube filled with y
liquid. The density of liquid is  and rubber ball is /3. At t = 0,
the cube is accelerated with an acceleration
  5 ˆ 15 ˆ 5 ˆ  2
a i j  k  m/s and the ball is released from origin
 2 2 2 
as shown in the figure. The acceleration due to gravity is along x
negative y-axis. At t = 0, choose the correct option(s). (Take g =
10 m/s2)
z

(A) Angle made by acceleration of ball with x-axis is as seen from the cube.
4

(B) Angle made by acceleration of ball with y-axis is as seen from the cube.
3

(C) Angle made by acceleration of ball with z-axis is as seen from the cube.
3
(D) If density of rubber ball is considered as /2 then angle made by acceleration vector of
ball with x, y and z-axis is changed as seen from the cube.
4. A spring block system performs simple harmonic motion about v(m/s)

its equilibrium position along x-axis. The spring constant of
used spring is 200 N/m and equilibrium position of block is 2
origin. The velocity time graph of the particle is given in the 0.2
2
figure. Choose the correct option(s). (Take  = 10) 0.1 t(s)
2
(A) The mass of the block is 0.2 kg.

(B) The displacement of the particle from equilibrium position at t = 0 is 0.1 meter.
(C) The acceleration of block at t = 0.1 second is 200 m/s2.
(D) The maximum kinetic energy of the block is 4.0 Joule.
5. An imaginary particle has a charge equal to the charge of electron but mass of imaginary particle
is 50 times the mass of electron. Now, consider that imaginary particle moves in circular orbit
around a nucleus. The charge of nucleus is +4e, and nucleus is assumed to be at rest. Assume
mass of nucleus is very large as compared to the mass of imaginary particle moving around it.
Choose the correct option(s).
n2 h2  0
(A) The radius of nth orbit is , where m is mass of electron, h is Planck constant, e
200 me2
is charge of electron.
(B) If all atoms are at 16th excited state then during de-excitation till 10th excited state the
total maximum number of possible wavelengths emitted is 21.
(C) The wavelength of photon emitted when transition takes place from third excited state to
ground state is 1.21 Å.
(D) Since mass of imaginary particle is different from the mass of electron so the velocity of
th
imaginary particle and the electron in n orbit will be different.
6. A reflecting surface PQ is fixed and a parallel beam of light

is incident on it. The intensity of light is 600 W/m2 and it x
makes an angle 53 with the vertical line. The area of
surface PQ is 2.0 m2. It is observed that 40% incident  y
energy is reflected by the reflecting surface PQ. Now
choose the correct option(s).
P Q
6
(A) Due to incident beam force along the x-axis on the surface is 1.152  10 N.
(B) Due to incident beam force along the y-axis on the surface is 2.016  106 N.
(C) Due to incident energy radiation pressure on the surface is 0.576  106 N/m2.
(D) Due to incident energy radiation pressure on the surface is 1.008  106 N/m2.
7. A thin metallic plate of uniform mass density is kept along y

x-axis symmetrically. The length of plate along x-axis is
very large as compared to its width ‘a’ along z-axis. It is
given that ‘’ is mass per unit area. Then choose the x
correct option(s)
 3 a  2G
(A) The gravitational field at  0, ,0  is .
 2  3
 
 a 
(B) The gravitational field at  0, ,0  is G.
 2 
 a   3a 
(C) The ratio of gravitational field at  0, ,0  and  0, ,0  is 2.
 2 3 
 2 
 
 a   a  4
(D) The ratio of gravitational field at  0, ,0  and  0, ,0  is .
 2 3   2  3
8. A narrow slit S transmitting light of wavelength 

is placed a distance d above a large plane
mirror as shown in the figure. The light coming S
directly form the slit and that coming after d = 0.5 mm
reflection from the plane mirror interfere on a
O
screen  placed at a distance D from the slit.
Assume that the mirror is 100% reflecting. D=1m 
(Given D = 1m, d = 0.5 mm and  = 500 nm)

1
(A) Distance from O, where first interference maximum is formed on the screen is mm.
4
(B) Distance from O, where closest interference minimum is formed on the screen is zero.
1
(C) Fringe width of the interference pattern formed on the screen is mm.
2

(D) Closest point to O on the screen where waves interfere with a phase difference of is
2
1
mm.
8

This section contains TWO (02) List-Match Sets. Each List-Match set has TWO (02) Multiple Choice
Questions. Each List-Match set has two lists: List-I and List-II. List-I has Four entries (I), (II), (III) and (IV)
and List-II has Six entries (P), (Q), (R), (S), (T) and (U). FOUR options are given in each Multiple Choice
Question based On List-I and List-II and ONLY ONE of these four options satisfies the condition asked
in the Multiple Choice Question.
paragraph.
Two point sound sources of same frequency ‘f’ amplitude 2A and 4A are situated at x = 0 and x =
20  respectively ( = wavelength of wave) on the x-axis. These sources are vibrating in same
phase. Four observers A, B, C and D are situated at x A = 4, xB = 8, xC = 12 and xD = 16
respectively. The value of intensity observed by another observer O situated exactly at midpoint
of location of two sources is I0. Observers A, B, C and D are tabulated in first List and in second
36A 2k
List some quantities are given. (Given I0  )
100
List –I gives the above four observers while List –II lists the magnitude of some quantity.
List-I List-II
9
(I) Observer A (P)
16
49
(II) Observer B (Q)
144
4
(III) Observer C (R)
9
5
(IV) Observer D (S)
16
81
(T)
64
10
(U)
36
9. List –I contains observers and List-II contains the values of intensity observed by respective
2
observers in unit of kA . Pick the correct option.
Options
(A) I  Q, II  R, III  S, IV  P
(B) I  P, II  Q, III  R, IV  T
(C) I  P, II  Q, III  T, IV  S
(D) I  Q, II  P, III  R, IV  T
10. In separate experiment location of sources are interchanged. The values of intensity observed by
2
the observers now in units of kA are given in List-II. Match respective intensities observed by the
observers.
Options
(A) I  T, II  R, III  S, IV  Q
(B) I  Q, II  S, III  R, IV  P
(C) I  P, II  Q, III  T, IV  S
(D) I  T, II  R, III  Q, IV  P
paragraph.
A uniform candle of length 10 cm is glued with an aluminium cylinder of same radius and length 1
cm. Composite system is submerged in the water and it floats stably in vertical orientation.
3 3 3
Density of wax is 0.8 g/cm , density of aluminium is 2.7 g/cm and density of water is 1.0 g/cm .
At t = 0 candle is lit and assume that it consumes wax at a constant rate of 0.1 cm/min. List –I
gives four different instant of time while List-II lists magnitude of some quantity.
List-I List-II
103
(I) t = 5 minutes (P)
107
(II) t = 10 minutes (Q) 9.3
(III) t = 15 minutes (R) 8.9
99
(IV) t = 20 minutes (S)
107
(T) 8.5
95
(U)
107
11. The correct match for time and length of the candle inside the water (in cm) will be:
Options
(A) I  Q, II  R, III  T, IV  T
(B) I  Q, II  S, III  P, IV  R
(C) I  P, II  S, III  Q, IV  T
(D) I  P, II  P, III  S, IV  T
12. If candle is extinguished at different times i.e. at t = 5 minute, t = 10 minute, t = 15 minute and at
t = 20 minutes and slightly displaced from mean position in each case. The correct match for time
period of small oscillation in each case will be (in units of T0 where T0 is time period at t = 0)
Options
(A) I  P, II  P, III  U, IV  U
(B) I  Q, II  U, III  T, IV  T
(C) I  Q, II  P, III  S, IV  S
(D) I  P, II  S, III  U, IV  U
SECTION – C
13. The sound from a trumpet is emitted uniformly in all directions at 20C. At point ‘P’ in space the
3
sound intensity level is 30 dB. The density of air in the medium is 1.5 kg/m , the velocity of sound
at 20C is 300 m/sec. Find the displacement amplitude (in Å) at point ‘P’. The frequency of sound
wave in the medium is 600 Hz. (Take 2 = 10)
14. A solid sphere P and two hollow sphere Q and S are concentrically
placed as shown in the figure. The radius of P. Q and S are R, 2R
and 3R respectively. The density of P, Q and S are 1, 2 and 3 3R
respectively. It is given that the density of middle sphere is the
arithmetic mean of the densities of other two spheres. If the
2R R Q
gravitational fields at points A and B are equal then find the ratio of P S
3 A
.
1
v
15. A point source ‘S’ is moving in air towards left with a constant velocity , where v is the speed of
3
v
sound in air. There are two detectors A and B. A is moving in air with a velocity towards left
20
v
and B is moving in a medium with a velocity towards right as shown in the figure. The velocity
9
of sound in the medium is 4V and frequency of sound emitted by the point source is f. Let A is
the wavelength detected by the detector A and B the wavelength detected by the detector B.
 v 
If B  A = k   , then find the value of k.
 3f 
v/3 S v/20 Medium

Detector B
Point Detector A v/9
source
16. A small cube of negligible mass is floating on the surface of lake. The side of the cube is 30 cm
and depth of lake is 2m. The cube is pushed very slowly under the water, down to the bottom of
3 3 2
the lake. The density of water is 10 kg/m and acceleration due to gravity is 9.8 m/s . Find the
work done (in Joule) by external pushing force in the process.
17. PQ is a stationary circular curved surface blade. A stream line

water impinges on the curved surface of the blade. The speed P
of stream line water is 5 2 m/s before and after it strikes the 
u
curved surface blade. The mass flow rate of water per unit time 90
is 112 gm/sec. Find the force (in newton) exerted by the stream 
line water on the blade. u
18. A light wave of wavelength  = 650 nm is incident on the surface i = 53 A B

PQ at an angle of incidence i = 53 as shown. If the phase  = 1.00
difference between the two reflected rays A and B is . Find the P Q
4  = 4/3
thickness (in nanometer) of the thin film of refractive index .
3
 = 5/3
SECTION – A
19. The correct statement(s) among the following is/are

3 2
(A) The complexes  Co NH3 6  and Fe NH3 6  have same geometry
3 2
(B) The complexes  Co NH3 6  and Fe NH3 6  differ in their magnetic properties
2 2
(C) The complexes Pt  CN4  and CuCl4  differ in their geometry
2 3
(D) The complexes Ni NH3 6  and  Cr NH3 6  differ in their primary valency

(A) In 3d-series enthalpy of atomization of Zn is lowest.
(B) Cu2+(aq) is more stable than Cu+ (aq)
(C) Sc does not exhibit variable oxidation state
(D) MnO4 is coloured due to d – d transition of electron.
21. Which of the following order given below is/are incorrect for the property indicated against it?
(A) OCl  ClO2  ClO3  ClO 4 (Cl – O bond distance)
(B) HClO 4  HBrO 4  HIO 4 (Acidity)
(C) Cl > F > Br > I (Electron gain enthalpy)
(D) H – F < H – Cl < H – Br < H – I (Bond energy)

2+
(A) Cu (aq) ions react with K4[Fe(CN)6] to form chocolate brown precipitate.
(B) Cu2+ (aq) ions react with K3[Fe(CN)6] to form green precipitate.
(C) Hg2Cl2 when treated with NH4OH gives a black residue.
(D) NH4Cl solution when treated with Nessler’s reagent gives green precipitate.
23. The incorrect statement(s) among the following is/are
(A) Red phosphorous is more reactive than white phosphorous
(B) P2H4 is more stable than N2H4
(C) Bond angle in PH3 is higher than that in PH4
 
(D) In the solid state PBr5 exists as PBr4  PBr6 
24. Which of the following ore(s) is/are concentrated by froth floatation process
(A) Galena
(B) Copper pyrite
(C) Zinc blende
(D) Bauxite
25. Which of the following molecule(s) have cyclic structure?

(A) N3P3Cl6
(B) C3N12
(C) N4S4
(D) P3N2Cl9
26. Which of the following statement(s) is/are correct about azeotropic mixture?
(A) Azeotropic mixture are non ideal solution
(B) Solution with large negative deviation from Raoult’s law forms maximum boiling
azeotropes
(C) The components of azeotropic mixture cannot be separated completely by fractional
distillation
(D) Azeotropes obey Raoult’s law

paragraph.
List-I includes the complex ions and List-II includes the hybridization of central atom in the
complex ions and magnetic property of the complex ions:
LIST–I LIST–II
3
(I) 3 (P) sp

CoF 6 
2
(II) 4 (Q) dsp
Fe  CN6 
 
3 2
(III) 3 (R) sp d (outer orbital complex)
 Co NH3 6 
 
(IV) 2 (S) d2sp3 (inner orbital complex)
CuCl4 
(T) Paramagnetic
(U) Diamagnetic
27. Which of the following options has the correct combination considering List-I and List-II:
(A) (I), (U), (S)
(B) (III), (S), (U)
(C) (II), (T), (S)
(D) (IV), (Q), (T)
List-I includes the complex ions and List-II includes the hybridization of central atom in the
complex ions and magnetic property of the complex ions:
LIST–I LIST–II
3
(I) 3 (P) sp

CoF 6 
(II) 4 (Q) dsp2
Fe  CN6 
 
(III) 3 (R) sp3d2 (outer orbital complex)
 Co NH3 6 
 
(IV) 2 (S) d2sp3 (inner orbital complex)
CuCl4 
(T) Paramagnetic
(U) Diamagnetic
28. Which of the following options has the correct combination considering List-I and List-II:
(A) (I), (R), (T)
(B) (III), (Q), (T)
(C) (II), (R), (T)
(D) (IV), (P), (U)
Answer the following by appropriately matching the lists based on the information given in
the paragraph.
List-I includes the oxides of nitrogen and List-II includes the properties of the oxides of nitrogen.
LIST–I LIST–II
(I) N2O5 (P) Colourless gas
(II) N2O (Q) Brown coloured gas
(III) NO (R) Acidic oxide
(IV) NO2 (S) Neutral oxide
(T) Blue coloured solid
(U) Paramagnetic
29. Which of the following options has the correct combination considering List-I and List-II
(A) (IV), (R), (U), (Q)
(B) (III), (T), (S), (U)
(C) (II), (Q), (U), (S)
(D) (I), (P), (R), (U)
paragraph.
List-I includes the oxides of nitrogen and List-II includes the properties of the oxides of nitrogen.
List–I List–II
(I) N2O5 (P) Colourless gas
(II) N2O (Q) Brown coloured gas
(III) NO (R) Acidic oxide
(IV) NO2 (S) Neutral oxide
(T) Blue coloured solid
(U) Paramagnetic
30 Which of the following options has the correct combination considering List-I and List-II
(A) (II), (T), (U), (S)
(B) (I), (Q), (U), (S)
(C) (III), (P), (S), (U)
(D) (IV), (P), (U), (R)
SECTION – C
31. The rate constant for the forward reaction



N2O4  g   2 1
 2NO2  g is 92.12  10 min . The time (in sec) required for the molar ratio of
NO2 (g) to N2O4 (g) in the reaction mixture to become 2 : 1 is [log 2 = 0.3010]
32. NH3  g reacts with CuO (s) according to the following reaction
3CuO  s   2NH3  g   3Cu  s   N2  g   3H2O   
Standard enthalpies of formation of NH3  g  ,CuO  s  and H2 O    are -46, - 155 and – 285
kJ/mole respectively. The heat liberated (in kJ) when 2.72 g of NH3(g) is reacted completely with
CuO(s) according to the reaction given above when all the reactants and products are in their
standard state is
33. At higher altitude, boiling point of water is 95oC. The mass in gram of NaCl    0.8  added to
100 g of water (Kb = 0.52 K kg mol-1) in order to raise the boiling point to 100oC is
(MW of NaCl = 58.5)
34. 3 g of an oxide of a metal is converted completely to 5 g chloride of the same metal. Equivalent
weight of metal is
35. The density of a certain gaseous oxide at 3.2 bar pressure and 47oC is same as that of O2 at
27oC and 4.2 bar pressure. The molar mass of the gaseous oxide is
36. The specific conductivity of a saturated solution of AgCl is 3.38  106 ohm1 cm1 at 25oC. If
 oAg  62.3 ohm 1 cm2 mol1 and  oCl  67.7 ohm 1 cm 2 mol1, then the solubility of AgCl at
25oC is y  105 M. The value of y is
SECTION – A
4 3 2
37. If the equation x + px + qx + rx + 5 = 0 has four positive real roots, then
(A) p can be –10
(B) r can be –20
(C) pr  80
(D) none of these
38. If a, b  R and a + b  0, let P = (a2 + b2)3 and Q = 32(a3 + b3)(ab – a – b), then
(A) P < Q  a, b
(B) P  Q  a, b
(C) P  Q  a, b
(D) none of the above
n
r 1  r 2  3r  1  n
39. If y    1  3  Cr , then which of the following is correct?
r 1  r  2r 2  r 
n 1
(A) y
n
n1
(B) y
n
n
 n  1  1
(C) y    
r 1  n   r 
n
 n   1
(D) y    
r 1  n  1   r 
za
40. If z  2  z  2  2 and  ik , where k is a real parameter, a  R has exactly two solutions,
za
then
(A) a < –1
(B) a>1
(C) a = 1 only
(D) a = –1 only
41. A line L with direction cosines l, m, n meets each of the lines y = x tan , z = c ;
y = –x tan , z + c = 0, then the shortest distance between the line L and the z-axis is
c tan   m2  l2 
(A)
n m2  l2
c  m2 cot   l2 tan  
(B)
n m2  l2
c  m2 tan2   l2 cot 2  
(C)
n m2  l2
c  m2  l2  
(D) for  =
n m l2 2 4
42. Let the line L on the plane x + y + z = 1, such that a plane perpendicular to x + y + z = 1 contains
x 1 y 1 z 1
the line L and   , then
2 1 1
(A) line L passes through the point (1, –1, 1)
 1 1 1
(B) line L passes through the point  , , 
3 3 3
(C) one of the direction ratio of line L is (1, –1, –1)
(D) one of the direction ratio of line L is (2, –1, –1)
43. Let a, b, c, d can be arranged at ‘n’ places such that a occurs exactly even number of times, then
the number of such arrangements are
(A) 28 for n = 3
(B) 2n – 1(2n – 1) for n  N
(C) 36 for n = 3
n–1 n
(D) 2 (2 + 1) for n  N
a b a  b
44. If the determinant A  b c b  c  0 , then
a  b b  c 0
(A) a, b, c are in Arithmetic Progression
(B) a, b, c are in Geometric Progression
(C)  is root of equation ax 2 + bx + c = 0
2
(D)  is root of equation ax + 2bx + c = 0

paragraph.
n
a
MM-I. Let xi  i  i = 1, 2, 3, ..., n is a rational number in its lowest form and Sk, r    x i , k < xi < r
30 i 1
LIST–I LIST–II
(I) S 0, 1 is equal to (P) 2
(II) S 0, 2 is equal to (Q) 4
(III) S n, 2n is equal to (R) 14
(IV) S 0, n is equal to (S) 2n2
(T) 4n2
(U) 14n2

(A) (I), (P)
(B) (I), (Q)
(C) (II), (Q)
(D) (II), (R)

(A) (III), (S)
(B) (III), (U)
(C) (IV), (T)
(D) (IV), (U)
paragraph.
MM-II. Let position vectors of the point A, B, C are a  î  ˆj  kˆ , b  2iˆ  2ˆj  kˆ , c  5iˆ  ˆj  kˆ respectively,
and let position vector of a variable point R be r
LIST–I LIST–II
(I) locus of point R  r  such that r  a  5 (P) pair of lines
(II) locus of point R  r  such that r  b  r  c  4 (Q) circle
(III) locus of point R  r  such that r  a  5 and r  b  r  c  4 (R) ellipse
area of the region formed by point R  r  such that r  a  5 and
(IV) (S) 
r b  r c  4
(T) 2
(U) 2

(A) (I), (Q)
(B) (I), (R)
(C) (III), (R)
(D) (III), (Q)

(A) (II), (Q)
(B) (II), (P)
(C) (IV), (U)
(D) (IV), (T)
SECTION – C
49. Let n = 231.319, then number of factors of n2 less than n and does not divide n are
50. A person A was issued a 10 digit mobile phone number having his 6 digit birth date (DDMMYY
format) in it. Let E be the event that his birth was in first 9 days of a month, then the probability of
the occurrence of the event E is
r 2

1.3.5.....(2r  1)  2   y  1
51. Let y =  r!
  , then
5 2
is
r 1
52. Number of ordered pair(s) (x, y) that satisfies the inequation y – |x|  1  x 2  y 2  1 is/are
n n 2 2 a n   a  n  2 
53. If a(n) = x + y , where x, y  [–1, 1] and x + y = 1, then maximum value of is
a n  2
54. If a plane passes through the intersection of 5x + b1y + c1z = d1 and 4x + b2y + c2z = d2 and
contains the x-axis, then d1 : d2 is
FIITJEE
PART TEST – III
JEE (Main)-2020
TEST DATE: 08-12-2019

Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. D
Sol. Using Snell’s law:
R i
sini   i = 30 R
2R
sin i =  sin r
1 r
sinr 
2 2
2. C
10  0.7
Sol.  4.65 k
2  10 3
3. D
2Ids sin2 
Sol. F  c
sin  (90)
(90)

 
2Isin2  2Isin2  L
= 
c 
sin  ds 
c
RL sin 
IR2
 (1  cos 2)
c
R
AITS-PT-III-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Main)/20 2
4. A
Sol. y(x, t = t0) = A cos kx
 y(x, t) = A cos k[x + v(t  t0)]
y(x, t) = A cos [kx + t  t0)]
at t = 2t0
y(x, t = 2t0) = A cos [kx + t 0)]
y(x, t = 2t0) = A cos [kx + 2ft0]
5. A
1 2
Sol. A  B  C

dNB
 1NA  2NB  0
dt
N  N
 A  2  1 A 1
NB 1  2NB
6. A
Sol. impulse momentum theorem
v1At = pAt
 p = v1
Also p(2r) = .(2t)
 pr = t
 v1r = t
t
v1 
vr
7. B
Sol. |Q| = 0.00394  931.5 = 3.67 MeV
threshold Kinetic energy
 m  m2   mP 
=  1  | Q |  1   | Q | 3.91 MeV
 m2   mN 
8. B
Sol. If mirror rotates by angle  image of object M2
rotates by angle 2.
S2
O
2  M1
S1
9. B
Sol. Optical path =  geometrical path
 3 
 
 1   1  3 2  1   = 9/2
1
 2  2 21 2
 
 2 
3 AITS-PT-III-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Main)/20
10. A
h
Sol. 
2mK
150
   = 1.414 Å
75
For the first maxima
2dsin  
 1.414
 sin  =   0.023
2d 2  30
11. B  
Sol. The direction of ( E  B ) gives the direction of propagation of wave
î  ˆj  kˆ
12. A
2 xT
Sol.  2 T
x
13. C
Sol. TIR will take place
60
14. C
3 1 (0.5)
Sol.  
2v1  20
2 3 0.5
 
f 2v1 30
2 1 1 1 
  
f 2  20 30 
4  20  30
f  48 cm
50
15. B
Sol. Total angular dispersion = ( v  r )A  (v  r )A  = 0
16. C
Sol. In equilibrium
a3g = a2x0g
a
x0 

The work done by the applied force,
a x0

 W  Fdx   a2 xgdx
0
2
a 2 g 2 a2 g   a  
 a  x0   a   
2 2    
 2 
= a4g     
2 2 

17. A
GMm
Sol. Using conservation of energy, K  0
r
GMm 1
K  K  (GMm)
r r
3 18
GMm  10
2
3
m=  1018 Kg
2MG
18. B
T T
Sol. t (2  2)  (   )
2 
 vT  1  4  
  tan1    tan  2  2 
 2 x   
 = /4
3
t  4  3 sec
4
19. C
2T
Sol. P 
r
2T
 P  P0  gH 
r
20. D
Sol. Bernoulli’s theorem
SECTION – B
21. 1
m 
Sol. ma     x  gsin 
 
 gsin  
a   x
  
d2 x  gsin  
   x
dt2
  
 125
T  2  2  2  5  10 sec
gsin  1
10 
2
T 10
Time spent on the inclined track is t 0    5 sec
2 2
22. 4
2 3
Sol. L = [M1L T2] [LT1] [M]
 +  = 0
2  = 0
3 +  = 2
  = 2,  = 4,  = 2
SECTION – C
23. 00062.50
Sol. sin  =  sin 
cos  = /2= 5/8 (since /2 = ) 
F1
5
 100cos   100   62.50  =1
8 
24. 00015.00
mg mg
Sol. p  
A 4A
3mg
 a  
4A
3mg 3  1 10 2
a   15 m/s
4A 4  2.5  104  2  103  1
25. 00000.02
V P 99  105
Sol.    0.02
V B 4.95  108
SECTION – A
26. B
Sol. Balanced reaction is
7
2CrO5  3H2 SO4  Cr2  SO4 3  3H2 O  O2
2
7
So, 1 mole CrO5 liberates moles of O2.
4
It is a redox reaction because oxidation number of Cr decreases and oxidation number of O
increases.
1 O 2 1
O O
Cr
6
O O
1 1
27. A
Sol. Initial weight of H2 O     18 g
PV
nH2O  g 
RT
 24.63 
   7.6
 760 
  0.01 mole
0.0821 300
0.01  18
% wt. of H2O vapourised   100
18
= 1%
28. C
  1000
Sol. m 
M
1 1
or  m    1000 [  = specific conductance,  = specific resistance]
 M
1000
or m 
xy
29. A
Sol. NaCl is non-volatile but CH3OH is volatile. So, these solutions would have different boiling points.
Raoult’s law can not be applied to CH3OH solution since it does not form an ideal solution with
H2O.
30. D
Sol. Electrophoresis means movement of colloidal particles (particles of dispersed phase) under the
influence of electric field.
31. D
Sol. (A) Stronger the inter-atomic interaction, higher the enthalpy of atomization.
(B) Cr+ has half-filled valence shell electronic configuration (3d5), so it has higher second
+
ionization energy. Similarly, Cu has completely filled valence shell electronic
10
configuration 3d , so it has higher second ionization energy.
(C) Sum of first two ionization energies (IE1 + IE2) of Ni(II) is less than that of Pt(II), while sum
of first four ionization energies (IE1 + IE2 + IE3 + IE4) of Pt (IV) is less than that of Ni(IV).
(D) Occurs in the middle, e.g. Mn has +7 oxidation state.
32. D
Sol. White precipitates of Hg2Cl2 and AgCl are water insoluble (even in hot water). Copper salts do not
give white precipitate with dilute HCl as CuCl2 is water soluble (at room temperature)
Pb2  2Cl 
 PbCl2
 white precipitate 
 
 soluble in hot water 
Pb2  S2  PbS
Black 
33. D

Sol. NH4NO3   N2O  2H2O
34. B
1 n
Sol. t1/2   A 0
1 n
100   0.1
1n
50   0.025 
On dividing
2  41n
1n
2  22 
21  22  2n
 2  2n  1
or 2n = 1
1
or n 
2
1/ 2
100   0.1
1/2
t1/2  1
Divide
1
t1/2  1  2
 
100  0.1 
 t1/2  100 10 minutes.
35. B
Sol. Siderite is an ore of iron (FeCO3).
36. C
Sol. Colour is attributed to the presence of unpaired f-electrons.
Ce 3  4f 1, Sm 3  4f 5
La3  4f 0 , Lu3  4f 14
37. A
PV PV PM
Sol. Z  
nRT w dRT
 RT
M
8.314  10 4  18  10 3 18  10
Z 
0.8  8.314  300 300  0.8
3
Z   0.75
4
38. C
3RT
Sol. U
M
Let new rms speed be U2.
3R  2T 3RT
U2   2
M M
2
 U2  2U
39. B
3
Sol. CP,m = aT
CP ,m 0.84
a   0.84  10 3
T3 10 
3
10K
CP,m
Sm   .dT
0K T
10K 10K
aT3 2
Sm   .dT   aT .dT
0K T 0K
a a
Sm  103  0    103
3 3
0.84  10  103
3
Sm   0.28
3
40. B
Sol. Cl OH HO Cl
Cl Cl
Bithionol
26 13
There are 26  bonds and 6 bonds. So, ratio is 
6 3
41. C

Sol. In order to get H3O   1M, H2SO 4 concentration should be = 0.5 M.
W  in g 
M 
H2SO4  Molar mass  V in L
W in g
0.5 
98  0.2
Wt. of H2SO4 = 9.8 g
42. A
Sol. Cu+2 is member of II group cations while Ni+2, Co+2 and Mn+2 are members of IV group cations.
+2
When H2S is passed in presence of dilute HCl, only II group cation (Cu ) is precipitated.
43. A
Sol. Following reactions are responsible for the depletion of ozone layer
NO  O3 
 NO 2  O 2

h
CFCl3  CF2Cl  Cl
Cl  O3 
 ClO   O2

ClO  O  Cl O2
CH4 is not responsible for ozone layer depletion.
44. A
Sol. H   10 2
m moles of H  10 2  100  1
During electrolysis, following reactions take place.
At cathode
Cu2  aq.  2e  
 Cu  s 
At anode
1
H2O     O 2  g   2H  aq.  2e 
2
From above reactions, it is clear that for 1 m mole of H+ produced at anode, 0.5 m mole of Cu+2 is
reduced at cathode.
Initial m mole of Cu+2 = 100 mL × 0.05
= 5 m mole
After electrolysis
Cu+2 remaining in solution = 5 – 0.5 = 4.5 m moles
2Cu 2  4I 
 Cu2I2  I2
So, according to above reaction
4.5
4.5 m mole Cu+2 will liberate m moles of I2.
2
I2  2Na2S 2O3  Na2S 4O 6  2NaI
4.5
According to above reaction m moles of I2 requires 4.5 m moles of Na2S2O3.
2
m moles
M
V in mL
4.5 450
V  in mL   
0.04 4
V = 112.5 mL
45. C

Sol. Excess of KI is added, I ions are adsorbed on AgI forming a fixed layer and give – ve charge on
colloid particles. It then attracts K+ ions from the medium forming second diffused (mobile) layer.
SECTION – B
46. 8
Sol. Total 8 f-Block elements in 4f-series have odd electrons in f-orbitals in their ground state
configuration.
58 Ce, 59 Pr, 61Pm, 63 Eu, 64 Gd, 65 Tb, 67 Ho, 69 Tm
47. 6
Sol. Sucrolose is 600 times sweet in comparison to cane sugar and Aspartame is 100 times sweet in
comparison to cane sugar.
x 600
So, 
y 100
=6
SECTION – C
48. 00036.85
Ea
Sol. log10 K  log10 A 
2.303RT
Ea
Slope  
2.303R
Ea
8000  
2.303  2
Ea  8000  2  2.303  36 848 calorie
Ea  36.85 Kcal
49. 00018.60
Sol. 2Na2S 2O3  I2  Na2S 4O 6  2NaI
n-factor of I2 = 2
M 15
Therefore, number of m moles of I2 = 15  
40 40
15 15
Number of m moles of Na2S 2O3  2  in 10 mL solution.
40 20
15
Weight of Na2S 2O 3 .5H2O in g in 10 mL solution   10 3  248  0.186 g
20
Therefore, concentration of Na2S2O3.5H2O = 18.6 (in g/L)
50. 00001.09
Sol. Go  nFEocell
2746  1000
Eocell   1.09 V
26  96500
SECTION – A
51. A
 
 ab 1
Sol. Vector  v     =  5iˆ  3ˆj  kˆ 
ab 35
52. D
 
Sol.  a  b   b  c    c  a  =  a b c   b c a   0
53. C
2
Sol. Required projection is  1  1  3  4  2   6  2  3   8
7 7 7 7
54. C
Sol. D.R. of normal  (2, 1, 1). Let, Q be the image of point P in the plane and PQ meet in R
R  (2r + 3, r + 5, r + 7),  2(2r + 3) + r + 5 + r + 7 = 0,  r = –3
 Using section formula Q  (–9, –1, 1)
55. D
Sol. The number of terms is same as (1 + x + x 2)n which is 2n + 1
56. B
2n  2
1 1 Cr 1 2n  1 1
Sol. 2n 1
 2n 1
 2n 1 2n 1
  2n
Cr Cr 1 Cr  Cr 1 2n  1 Cr
57. C
Sol.  = (1 – ) =  – ( – c)
Also, (1 + 3) =  – 2 + 3, (1 + 3) =  – 2 + 3
 (1 + 3) = (1 + 3) = (1 + 3),  3 = –1,   = –1, –, –2
58. B
Sol. Roots are 3 – i and –2 + i,  product is –6
59. D
3 1
Sol. p , q ,n=5
4 4
3 2 4 5
3  1 3  1 3 459
Probability = 5 C3      5 C4      5 C5   
4 4 4 4 4 512
60. A
1 1 1
Sol. P(E  F) = P(E)P(F) = , P  E  F   , 1  P E   1  P F   
12 2 2
61. D
Sol. C1  C1 – C2, C2  C2 – C3, open by R1, ab + abc + ac + bc = 0
1 1 1
    1
a b c
62. B
 
Sol. Adj  In   n n1
63. B
Sol. Order of B  4  3, order of BA  (4  3)  (3  4)  4  4
64. C
Sol. (x + ) = 1 and x + 1999 = –1   = 1993
x +  = –1 and x + 1991 = 1,  = 1989
Sum = 1993 + 1989
65. D
Sol. Let term be a – 2d, a – d, a, a + d, a + 2d
 3a = –12  a = –4, (a – 2a)(a – d)(a) = 8
 d = –3
 a2 + a4 + a6 = –21
66. C
4
Sol. Required value is 2  4   192
3
67. D
6
Sol. Number of ways is 8 C2   3 
68. A
10 6 10
Sol. Let numbers be a1, a2, ....., a10.  ai  125 ,  ai  90 ,  ai  50
i 1 i 1 i6
 a6 + 125 = 90 + 50  a6 = 15
69. C
2n
1  2  3  .....  2n  1 1 2 n  n  1
Sol. x  n  1 , 2     1  r   1  n   
2n  1 2n  1 r 0 3
n  n  1
 2 
3
70. C
n
Sol. Cr : n Cr 1 : nCr  2  1 : 7 : 35
r 1 1 r 2 1
   8r = n – 7 and 
nr 7 
n  1 r  5
 n = 23
SECTION – B
71. 7
22 32  22  210 310  210  1 10
Sol. A2    , A 10    a+b+c+d=2 3
2 10
 0 3   0 3 
 Number of factors = 2  11 = 22
72. 5
1
Sol. Let r1 and r2 be the roots r  2   r2 – 2r – 1 = 0  b2 + c2 = 5
r
SECTION – C
73. 16216.20
12
C4  15C4  4
Sol.  16216.20
103
74. 00002.50
Sol. |(x – 4) + i(y – 3)| = 2 ; centre  (4, 3), radius = 2
  = 7 and  = 3
75. 00000.50
1 4 1 6 37
Sol. p    
2 7 2 8 56
FIITJEE
PART TEST – III
JEE (Main)-2020
TEST DATE: 08-12-2019
answer.
negative marking.
AITS-PT-III-PCM-JEE(Main)/20 2
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A cylindrical beam of diameter (d = R) is incident on a glass hemisphere

of radius R and refractive index   2  on the curved surface
symmetrically as shown in the figure. The radius of circular bright spot
formed on the flat surface of the hemisphere is:
R 
(A) 2 2  7  3
4 2 
R 
(B) 2 2  7  3
2 2 
R 
(C) 2 2  7  3
4 2 
R 
(D) 21  1
10  
2. A silicon diode requires minimum current of 2mA to be above its knee point of its (V-I)
characteristics. Assuming voltage across diode is constant above its knee point. The value of
maximum resistance that should be connected in series with diode and battery of 10 V such that
diode operates above its knee point. (Assume resistance of diode to be zero)
(A) 5 k
(B) 5.35 k
(C) 4.65 k
(D) 9.30 k
3. Light of intensity I falls parallel to the axis on the curved surface of a

perfectly reflecting right circular cone having semi vertical angle  and
base radius R as shown in figure. The value of force acting on the cone
due to light is (where c is speed of light in vacuum)

R2I
(A) (1  cos )
c
R2I
(B)
2c
2R2I
(C)
c
R2I
(D) (1  cos 2)
c
3 AITS-PT-III-PCM-JEE(Main)/20
4. Consider a plane progressive wave propagating along negative x-direction whose frequency is f.
At t = t0 the displacement associated with the wave is given by the following equation:
y (x, t = t0) = A cos kx
Displacement associated with the wave as a function of x at t = 2t0 can be represented by
equation.
(A) A cos (kx + 2ft0)
(B) A sin (kx + 2ft0)
(C) A cos (kx  2ft0)
(D) A cos (kx + 4ft0)
5. A sample contains two radioactive materials A and B with half life 5 hours and 2 hours
respectively. The nucleus A decays into B and B decays into stable nucleus C. At t = 0 activities
of both samples were equal. The ratio of activity of A to the activity of B when activity of B is
maximum, is
(A) 1
5
(B)
2
2
(C)
5
4
(D)
25
6. Water is flowing in a circular pipe of radius r and thickness t with constant speed. A valve installed
in the pipe is closed almost instantaneously resulting in an abrupt rise in water pressure. What
should be the value of maximum speed of the flow of water such that pipe does not crack due to
abrupt rise in pressure. Given density of water , speed of sound in water v and tensile strength
of steel is .
t
(A)
vr
t
(B)
2vr
2 t
(C)
vr 2
2t
(D)
vr
15
7. In a nuclear reaction p + N  15 O  n
If proton were to collide with 15 N at rest and initiate above reaction. The minimum value of
Kinetic energy of proton for which above reaction can take place is
Given: m(p) = 1.007825 amu, m(n) = 1.008665 amu
m(15O) = 15.0031 amu, m(15N)= 15.000 amu (Take 1 amu = 931.5 MeV/c2)
(A) 3.67 MeV
(B) 3.91 MeV
(C) 3.30 MeV
(D) 3.00 MeV
8. In the arrangement shown in figure, S is a point source, M1 M2 S

and M2 are two plane fixed mirrors inclined at an angle  with
each other. If OS = b, then the value of distance between two
images formed.
O  M1
(A) b sin 2
(B) 2b sin 
(C) 2b sin 2
(D) b sin 
9. Two optical medium of refractive index  and 3/2 contains 3 and 2 waves of same
monochromatic radiation in thickness t and 2t. The value of  is
(A) 3
(B) 4.5
(C) 2.5
(D) 2
10. The electrons of kinetic energy 75 eV each are diffracted from a metal foil having lattice spacing
d = 30Å. If the first maxima occurs when incident at an angle  from the atomic layer, then the
value of sin  is
(A) 0.023
(B) 0.253
(C) 0.707
(D) 0.047
11. A plane progressive electromagnetic wave travelling in vacuum along +z direction has a
wavelength of 6 mm. The variation in the electric field occurs in x-direction with amplitude
50 Vm1. The equation of electric field and magnetic field as a function of position and time are
given by:
 x 5  x
(50 Vm1) cos (2  10 s1)  t   î , (  106 T) cos (2  10 s1)  t   ˆj
11 11
(A)
 c 3  c
 z 5  z
(50 Vm1) sin (  10 s1)  t   î , (  107 T) sin (  10 s1)  t   ˆj
11 11
(B)
 c 3  c
 x  y
(C) (50 Vm1) sin (  1011 s1)  t   î , (6  106 T) sin (  1011 s1)  t   ˆj
 c   c 
 z  z ˆ
(D) (50 Vm1) cos (  1011 s1)  t   î , (6  106 T) sin (  108 s1) t  c  j
 c  
12. If x, v and a denote the displacement, velocity and acceleration of a particle executing S.H.M. of
time period T and frequency . Then which of the following quantities does not change with time?
aT
(A)
x
(B) a2 T  4 2
aT
(C)

(D) none of these
13. An equilateral prism produces an angle of deviation 60 when the angle of incidence is 60. The
angle of deviation produced when the ray is incident normal to the surface is
(A) 30
(B) 45
(C) 60
(D) can’t be determined
14. Magnitude of focal length of the lens shown in the

figure is R1 = 20 cm
Incident rays R2 = 30 cm
(A) 240 cm
(B) 60 cm
(C) 48 cm
(D) 30 cm
1 = 1 2 = 2
 = 1.5
15. Two thin prisms are combined as shown in the figure. Find the
total angular dispersion suffered by a white light after it is passed 4 B
through the combination of two prisms. The refractive indices of
prisms A and B for different lights are listed in the table below. A
2
Color Prism A Prism B

Violet 1.5 1.7
Yellow 1.45 1.6
Red 1.4 1.5
(A) 0.8
(B) 0
(C) 3.0
(D) 0.6
16. A cubical block of side a, density  is floating in a liquid of density (>)

in equilibrium. Block is pushed down very slowly until it is completely
getting inside the water. Work done by the pushing force in the process 
is (assume that area of cross section of container in which liquid is kept
2
is very large as compared to a ) 
4
(A) a g
 2 
(B) a4g    
  

 2 
(C) a4g     
2 2 

 2 
(D) a4g    
 
 
1
17. A graph of kinetic energy K of an asteroid versus (where r is
r 3
the distance from the centre of the planet A) is shown in the
K(109 J)
figure. Asteroid falls directly towards the centre of the planet A.

What is the value of mass of the asteroid? (M is mass of planet
A, G is universal gravitational constant in SI units)
3
(A)  1018 Kg
2MG 2
450 1 9 1
(B)  1018 Kg (10 m )
MG
r
2
(C)  1018 Kg
MG
600
(D)  1018 Kg
MG
18. Time period of a particle executing linear S.H.M. is T = 4 sec. There is a point P at a distance
x = 2 cm from the mean position O. When the particle passes through the point P towards O it
has speed v = 1 cm/sec. The minimum time after which it will again return to point P is
(A) (/4) sec
(B) 3 sec
(C) (3/4) sec
(D) 2 sec
19. A small air bubble of radius r is found to be formed at a depth of H from open surface of liquid
contained in a beaker. If T is surface tension,  is density of the liquid and p0 is atmospheric
pressure then pressure inside the bubble is (r = radius of bubble)
4T
(A) P0   gH
r
2T
(B) P0  gH 
r
2T
(C) P0  gH 
r
4T
(D) P0   gH
r
20. An ideal fluid is flowing through a horizontal pipe as shown in the figure. Three tubes A, B and C
are connected to the pipe. Radii of the tubes A, B and C at junction are 2r, r and 2r respectively. It
can be said that (a = cross section area of tube)
A B C
a a
(A) Height of liquid in the tube B is maximum.

(B) Height of liquid in the tubes A and B are same.
(C) Height of liquid in all the three tubes are same.
(D) Height of liquid in the tubes A and C are same.
SECTION – B
21. A train of length  = 125 m running on a horizontal surface with

its engine switched off starts climbing an inclined track of
inclination  = 30 as shown in the figure. Total time spent by
train or any part of train on inclination is 5k sec. The value of k
is (g = 10 m/s2, assume no loss of energy)
22. We would like to find a relation between mass of black hole and the area of its event horizon A.
This area depends on the mass of black hole, speed of light and universal gravitational constant.
We write it as A = Gcm. Then the value of | +   | is
SECTION – C
23. A ray of light enters a spherical drop of refractive index

 5 
   4  as shown in the figure. The value of 100 cos F1
   =1
is (where  is the angle for which the ray after 
refraction passes through the point O as shown in the O
figure.
2
24. There is a U-tube of different cross sectional area A = 2.5 cm and 4A of limbs fitted with the
frictionless pistons each of mass m = 1 kg. An ideal liquid of density  = 2000 kg/m 3 is filled in the
tube and the tube is accelerated in horizontal direction with a constant acceleration ‘a’. Find the
value of acceleration ‘a’ (in m/s2) for which both pistons stay in the same horizontal level. The
length of horizontal section of U-tube is  = 1m. (Take g = 10 m/s2)
25. A solid sphere is initially kept in open air, pressure exerted by air on it is 105 N/m2. The sphere is
lowered into ocean to a depth where pressure is 100 times atmospheric pressure. The fractional
change in the volume of the sphere is (Bulk modulus of sphere, B = 4.95  108 N/m2)
SECTION – A
26. Which of the following statement is correct for the following reaction?
CrO5  H2SO 4  Cr2  SO 4 3  H2O  O2
(A) It is not a redox reaction.
(B) One mole of CrO5 will liberate7/4 moles of O2.
(C) Oxidation number of Cr decreases from +10 to +3 during the reaction.
(D) None of these.
27. A sample of liquid H2O of mass 18.0 g is injected into an evacuated 7.6 L flask maintained at
o o
27 C. If vapour pressure of water at 27 C is 24.63 mm Hg, what weight percentage of the water
will be vapourised when the system comes to equilibrium? Assume water vapour behaves as an
ideal gas and the volume occupied by water is negligible compared to the volume of the
container:
(A) 1%
(B) 10%
(C) 18%
(D) 20%
28. If x is the specific resistance (in S-1 cm) of the electrolyte solution and y is the molarity of the
solution, then  m (in S cm2 mol-1) is given by
1000x
(A)
y
1000y
(B)
x
1000
(C)
xy
xy
(D)
1000
29. Boiling point of which set of aqueous solutions given below will not be identical?
(A) 1 mole NaCl in 1 L water, 2 mole CH3OH in 1 L water.
 g 
(B) 18.4 M H2SO4  d  1.84 and 98% H2SO 4 by mass  ,
 mL 
 g 
500 m H2SO 4  d  1.84 and 98% H2SO 4 by mass 
 mL 
(C) 0.1 M urea, 0.1 M glucose
(D) 0.11 % by moles (R) – 2-butanol in water, 0.11 % by moles (S) – 2 – butanol in water.
30. Which of the following is a mismatch:

(A) Lyophilic colloids – reversible sols
(B) Associated colloids – micelles
(C) Tyndall effect – Scattering of light by colloidal particles.
(D) Electrophoresis – movement of dispersion medium under the influence of electric field.
31. Which of the following statements is incorrect?

(A) Transition elements exhibit higher enthalpies of atomization as they have stronger
interatomic interaction.
(B) IE2 of 23V < 24Cr > 25Mn and 28Ni < 29Cu > 30Zn
(C) Ni(II) compounds are more stable than Pt(II) where as Pt(IV) compounds are more stable
than Ni(IV).
(D) The elements which give the greatest number of oxidation state does not occur in or near
the middle of the transition series.
32. An aqueous solution of a substance gives a white precipitate on treatment with dilute hydrochloric
acid, which dissolves on heating. When hydrogen sulphide is passed through the hot acidic
solution, a black precipitate is obtained. The substance is a:
(A) Hg22 salt
+2
(B) Cu salt
+
(C) Ag salt
(D) Pb+2 salt
33. Which of the following compounds does not liberate NH3 on heating?
(A) (NH4)2SO4
(B) (NH4)2CO3
(C) NH4Cl
(D) NH4NO3
34. For a certain reaction

A  Products, the t1/2 as a function of [A]0 is given as below:
[A]0 : 0.1 0.025
t1/2 (min.) : 100 50
(A) The order is 2.
(B) t1/2 would be 100 10 min. for [A]0 = 1 M.
(C) The order is 1.
(D) t1/2 would be 100 min. for [A]0 = 1 M.
35. Which of the following is not an ore of copper?

(A) Azurite
(B) Siderite
(C) Cuprite
(D) Malachite
36. Which of the following pairs of ions is expected to show colour in aqueous solutions?
(A) La3 ,Ce 3
(B) La 3 ,Lu3
(C) Ce 3 ,Sm3
(D) Lu3 ,Sm3
37. The density of steam at 27oC and 8.314 × 104 pascal is 0.8 kg m -3. The compressibility factor
would be:
(A) 0.75
(B) 1
(C) 0.88
(D) 1.1
38. The RMS speed of the molecule of diatomic gas is U. When the temperature is doubled, the
molecule dissociates into two atoms. The new RMS speed of the atom is:
(A) 2U
(B) U
(C) 2U
(D) 4U
39. For a perfectly crystalline solid, CP,m = aT3, where a is constant. If CP,m is 0.84 J K-1 mol-1 at 10 K,
molar entropy at 10 K is:
-1 -1
(A) 0.42 J K mol
-1 -1
(B) 0.28 J K mol
-1 -1
(C) 4.2 J K mol
(D) 2.8 J K-1 mol-1
40. The ratio of number of  bond and  bond in Bithionol, which is added to soaps to impart
antiseptic properties:
26
(A)
3
13
(B)
3
19
(C)
3
22
(D)
3
41. How many grams of sulphuric acid is to be dissolved to prepare 200 mL aqueous solution having
concentration of H3O+ ions = 1 M at 25oC.
(A) 4.9 g
(B) 19.6 g
(C) 9.8 g
(D) 0.98 g
+2 +2 +2 +2
42. Out of Cu , Ni , Co and Mn , which ion is precipitated when H2S is passed through it in the
presence of dilute HCl?
+2
(A) Cu
+2
(B) Ni
(C) Co+2
(D) Mn+2
43. Amongst the following compounds, which one is not responsible for the depletion of ozone layer?
(A) CH4
(B) CFCl3
(C) NO
(D) Both (A) and (B)
44. 100 mL of 0.05 M CuSO4 (aq.) solution was electrolysed using inert electrodes by passing current
till the pH of the resulting solution was 2. The solution after electrolysis was neutralized and then
treated with excess KI and formed I2 was titrated with 0.04 M Na2S2O3. Calculate the required
volume (in mL) of Na2S2O3.
(A) 112.5 mL
(B) 100 mL
(C) 125 mL
(D) 150 mL
45. When an excess of a very dilute aqueous solution of KI is added to a very dilute aqueous solution
of AgNO3, the colloidal particles of AgI are associated with which of the following Helmholtz
double layer
(A) AgI  Ag+  I
(B) AgI  K+  NO3
(C) AgI  I  K
AgI  NO3  Ag
 +
(D)
SECTION – B
46. Among the elements of lanthanoid series  58 Ce 71 Lu  , the total number of elements which
have odd number of electrons in f-orbitals in their ground state configuration.
47. Sucrolose is x times sweet in comparison to cane sugar while Aspartame is y time sweet in
x
comparison to cane sugar. The ratio is:
y
SECTION – C
1
48. For first order gaseous reaction, log10K when plotted against gives a straight line with a slope
T
of – 8000. Calculate the activation energy of the reaction (in Kcal) (Take R = 2 cal k-1 mol-1)
49. Calculate the concentration of Na2S2O3.5H2O solution in grams per litre, 10 mL of which just
N
decolourised 15 mL of iodine solution.
20
50. A fuel cell develops an electrical potential from the combustion of butane at 1 bar at 298 K.
C4H10  g  6.5O 2  g    4CO 2  g   5H2O    , r G0  2746 kJ/mol
What is Eo of the cell (in volt)?
SECTION – A
51. Unit vector perpendicular to the vectors î  2ˆj  kˆ and 2iˆ  3 ˆj  kˆ is

1
(A)  5iˆ  3ˆj  kˆ 
35
1
(B)  3iˆ  5ˆj  kˆ 
35
1 ˆ
(C)  i  5ˆj  3kˆ 
35
(D) none of these
        
52. For any three vectors a, b, c (non-zero),  a  b     b  c    c  a   is

(A) 2c
 
(B) 3 bc
  
(C) 3 bca
(D) zero
53. The projection of the line segment P(1, 2, 3) and Q(–1, 4, 2) on the line having direction ratios 2,
3, –6 is
7
(A)
8
6
(B)
7
8
(C)
7
9
(D)
2
54. Image of the point P(3, 5, 7) in the plane 2x + y + z = 0 is

(A) (9, –1, –1)
(B) (–9, 1, –1)
(C) (–9, –1, 1)
(D) none of these
n
 1 
55. The number of distinct terms in the expansion of  2x  3   , n  N is
 5x 
(A) 3n
(B) 3n + 1
(C) 2n
(D) 2n + 1
1 1 2n  2 1
56. 2n 1
 2n 1  2n
, then  is
C5 C6 2n  1 C
(A) 4
(B) 5
(C) 6
(D) none of these
  
57. Let , ,  be distinct complex numbers such that     , then  is
1   1  1  
(A) 
(B) 2
2
(C) –
(D) none of these
2
58. The product of the real part of the roots of z – z = 5 – 5i is
(A) –25
(B) –6
(C) –5
(D) 25
3
59. The probability that a man can hit a target is , he tries 5 times. The probability that he will hit
4
the target at least three times is
291
(A)
364
371
(B)
464
471
(C)
502
459
(D)
512
60. Let E and F be two independent events such that P(E) > P(F). The probability that both E and F
1 1
happened is and the probability that neither E nor F happens is , then
12 2
1 1
(A) P E   , P F  
3 4
1 1
(B) P E   , P F  
2 6
1 1
(C) P E   , P F  
2 8
(D) none of these
1 a 1 1
1 1 1
61. If a, b, c are all different from zero and 1 1 b 1  0 , then   is
a b c
1 1 1 c
(A) abc
1
(B)
abc
(C) –a – b – c
(D) –1
+
62. If, k  R , then Det(Adj(I4)) is
(A) 3
(B) 12
4
(C) 
(D) 
63. A and B are two given matrices such that the order of A is 3  4, if AB and BA are both defined,
then
(A) order of B is 3  4
(B) order of BA is 4  4
(C) order of BA is 3  3
(D) BA is not defined
64. The sum of integral values of  for which the equation (x + )(x + 1991) + 1 = 0 has integral roots
is/are
(A) 1989
(B) 1997
(C) 3982
(D) none of these
65. If for an A.P. a1, a2, a3, ....., an ; a1 + a3 + a5 = –12 and a1a2a3 = 8, then a2 + a4 + a6 is
(A) –12
(B) –16
(C) –18
(D) –2
66. The number of arrangements of the word ‘PARABOLA’ under the condition that consonants and
vowels alternate is
(A) 48
(B) 24
(C) 192
(D) 216
67. The number of ways in which can three people divide among themselves six identical apples, one
orange, one lemon, one banana, one pear, one plum and one apricot is
8
(A) C3
(B) (3)6
8 6
(C) C4   3 
(D) none
68. The mean of 10 numbers is 12.5, the mean of first six numbers is 15 and mean of last five is 10,
then sixth number is
(A) 15
(B) 12
(C) 18
(D) 12.5
69. Standard deviation of the first 2n + 1 natural numbers is

n  n  1
(A)
4
n  n  1 2n  1
(B)
3
n  n  1
(C)
3
n  n  1
(D)
2
70. The coefficients of 3 consecutive terms in the expansion of (1 + x)n are in the ratio 1 : 7 : 35, then
value of ‘n’ is
(A) 35
(B) 46
(C) 23
(D) none of these
SECTION – B
2 1 10 a b 
71. Let A    be a matrix such that A  c d , then the number of factors of
 0 3   
a + b + c + d is ‘n’ where (n – 15) is
72. The equation x2 + bx + c = 0 has distinct roots. If 2 is subtracted from each root, then the result is
the reciprocal of original root, then b2 + c2 is
SECTION – C
73. At a dance function there are 12 boys and 15 girls. The number of ways in which they can form
N
four couples consisting of different genders is N, then is
103
74. If z is any complex number satisfying |z – 4 – 3i| = 2 in argand plane. The maximum and

minimum values of |z| are  and  respectively, then is
4
75. A purse contains 4 copper and 3 silver coins & another purse contains 6 copper & 2 silver coins.

One coin is drawn from any one of these purses. The probability that it is a copper coin is (, 


 N & are coprime), then is
  18

AITS 2020 Part Tests

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

AITS 2020 Part Tests

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

FIITJEE

ALL INDIA TEST SERIES

TEST DATE: 10-11-2019

ANSWERS, HINTS & SOLUTIONS

Sol. mg(r  Rsin ) = MgR sin 

Sol. (N1 + N2) cos 30 = mg cos  N2

Sol. velocity of point ‘A’ v A  v 2  2R2  v 2

Sol. fs(max)  N  2 tan   W cos   2W sin 

Hmin  (2W sin  )2  (W sin  )2  3W sin 

Sol. F must be not less than

F must be not less than =2N

Sol. Mg sin   T  f S = Ma …(i)

Sol. Use the definition of moment of Inertia.

Sol. Apply work energy theorem

Sol. Draw the F.B.D. of the sphere at the top.

Sol. v1 cos  = v2 sin 

Now using conservation of energy m

Sol. When the ball A leaves the horizontal surface B

Sol. BrO3  I  I2  Br 

(B) Ne = 1s2 2s2 2p6

Sol. It means electron would move into first excited state.

Sol. Number of atoms in unit cell = 1 + 2 = 3

PO 43  H  HPO 42

Mathematics PART – III

Sol. Draw the graph in first quadrant y

Sol. f(x) = |sin x| cos–1(cos x)

Sol. Let a = 2x, b = –3x – 1 and c = –1

Sol. Assume that such a function exists

TEST DATE: 10-11-2019

 The test consists of total 54 questions.

 Each subject (PCM) has 18 questions.

 This question paper contains Three Parts.

 Part-I is Physics, Part-II is Chemistry and Part-III is Mathematics.

Negative Marks : –1 In all other cases.

1. A bobbin of mass M = 3 kg consists of a central cylinder of

2. Smooth, identical logs are piled in a stake truck. The truck is

3. In the arrangement shown in Figure, the inclined plane is 130 cm long

4. A uniform circular disc of radius ‘R’ is rolling without slipping on a R

(One or More than one correct type)

5. A uniform plank of weight W and length 3R lies in a R

6. A particle of weight W rests on a rough inclined plane that makes an

(A) If H = 2 3 W sin  the particle will move on the incline plane.

7. A perfectly elastic particle is projected with velocity v at an elevation

10. A ball ‘A’ of mass M = 4 kg is suspended by a vertical string. Another ball

11. A block of mass m = 1 kg is attached to one end of an ideal string

(A) The moment of inertia of cone about its slant height is

perpendicular to its axis.

13. A light elastic string of natural length 2m has one end, A, A

14. Three identical smooth spheres each of mass m

16. A smooth hemisphere, of mass M = 4kg and radius a = 2m,

17. Pin P is attached to BC and slides freely in the slot of OA. B

18. Two identical small balls A and B each of mass m u

(One or More than one correct type)

23. Which of the following are correct?

25. Which of the following is/are true regarding H2 gas

26. Which are true regarding H2O2?

27. Select the correct statement:

28. Select the CORRECT statements:

29. Heating of lime stone given below

Mathematics PART – III

(One or More than one correct type)

49. Number of real solution(s) of the equation 6x + 1 = 8x – 27x – 1 is equal to

54. Number of continuously differentiable function f: R  R satisfying f(x) > 0 and

TEST DATE: 10-11-2019